/* MIPS-specific support for ELF
Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002,
- 2003, 2004, 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+ 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011
+ Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Most of the information added by Ian Lance Taylor, Cygnus Support,
<ian@cygnus.com>.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+ the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
+ Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
+ MA 02110-1301, USA. */
+
/* This file handles functionality common to the different MIPS ABI's. */
-#include "bfd.h"
#include "sysdep.h"
+#include "bfd.h"
#include "libbfd.h"
#include "libiberty.h"
#include "elf-bfd.h"
#include "elfxx-mips.h"
#include "elf/mips.h"
+#include "elf-vxworks.h"
/* Get the ECOFF swapping routines. */
#include "coff/sym.h"
#include "hashtab.h"
-/* This structure is used to hold .got entries while estimating got
- sizes. */
+/* This structure is used to hold information about one GOT entry.
+ There are three types of entry:
+
+ (1) absolute addresses
+ (abfd == NULL)
+ (2) SYMBOL + OFFSET addresses, where SYMBOL is local to an input bfd
+ (abfd != NULL, symndx >= 0)
+ (3) SYMBOL addresses, where SYMBOL is not local to an input bfd
+ (abfd != NULL, symndx == -1)
+
+ Type (3) entries are treated differently for different types of GOT.
+ In the "master" GOT -- i.e. the one that describes every GOT
+ reference needed in the link -- the mips_got_entry is keyed on both
+ the symbol and the input bfd that references it. If it turns out
+ that we need multiple GOTs, we can then use this information to
+ create separate GOTs for each input bfd.
+
+ However, we want each of these separate GOTs to have at most one
+ entry for a given symbol, so their type (3) entries are keyed only
+ on the symbol. The input bfd given by the "abfd" field is somewhat
+ arbitrary in this case.
+
+ This means that when there are multiple GOTs, each GOT has a unique
+ mips_got_entry for every symbol within it. We can therefore use the
+ mips_got_entry fields (tls_type and gotidx) to track the symbol's
+ GOT index.
+
+ However, if it turns out that we need only a single GOT, we continue
+ to use the master GOT to describe it. There may therefore be several
+ mips_got_entries for the same symbol, each with a different input bfd.
+ We want to make sure that each symbol gets a unique GOT entry, so when
+ there's a single GOT, we use the symbol's hash entry, not the
+ mips_got_entry fields, to track a symbol's GOT index. */
struct mips_got_entry
{
/* The input bfd in which the symbol is defined. */
that should be added to the symbol value. */
bfd_vma addend;
/* If abfd != NULL && symndx == -1, the hash table entry
- corresponding to a global symbol in the got (or, local, if
- h->forced_local). */
+ corresponding to symbol in the GOT. The symbol's entry
+ is in the local area if h->global_got_area is GGA_NONE,
+ otherwise it is in the global area. */
struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h;
} d;
+
+ /* The TLS types included in this GOT entry (specifically, GD and
+ IE). The GD and IE flags can be added as we encounter new
+ relocations. LDM can also be set; it will always be alone, not
+ combined with any GD or IE flags. An LDM GOT entry will be
+ a local symbol entry with r_symndx == 0. */
+ unsigned char tls_type;
+
/* The offset from the beginning of the .got section to the entry
corresponding to this symbol+addend. If it's a global symbol
whose offset is yet to be decided, it's going to be -1. */
long gotidx;
};
+/* This structure describes a range of addends: [MIN_ADDEND, MAX_ADDEND].
+ The structures form a non-overlapping list that is sorted by increasing
+ MIN_ADDEND. */
+struct mips_got_page_range
+{
+ struct mips_got_page_range *next;
+ bfd_signed_vma min_addend;
+ bfd_signed_vma max_addend;
+};
+
+/* This structure describes the range of addends that are applied to page
+ relocations against a given symbol. */
+struct mips_got_page_entry
+{
+ /* The input bfd in which the symbol is defined. */
+ bfd *abfd;
+ /* The index of the symbol, as stored in the relocation r_info. */
+ long symndx;
+ /* The ranges for this page entry. */
+ struct mips_got_page_range *ranges;
+ /* The maximum number of page entries needed for RANGES. */
+ bfd_vma num_pages;
+};
+
/* This structure is used to hold .got information when linking. */
struct mips_got_info
struct elf_link_hash_entry *global_gotsym;
/* The number of global .got entries. */
unsigned int global_gotno;
- /* The number of local .got entries. */
+ /* The number of global .got entries that are in the GGA_RELOC_ONLY area. */
+ unsigned int reloc_only_gotno;
+ /* The number of .got slots used for TLS. */
+ unsigned int tls_gotno;
+ /* The first unused TLS .got entry. Used only during
+ mips_elf_initialize_tls_index. */
+ unsigned int tls_assigned_gotno;
+ /* The number of local .got entries, eventually including page entries. */
unsigned int local_gotno;
+ /* The maximum number of page entries needed. */
+ unsigned int page_gotno;
/* The number of local .got entries we have used. */
unsigned int assigned_gotno;
/* A hash table holding members of the got. */
struct htab *got_entries;
+ /* A hash table of mips_got_page_entry structures. */
+ struct htab *got_page_entries;
/* A hash table mapping input bfds to other mips_got_info. NULL
unless multi-got was necessary. */
struct htab *bfd2got;
/* In multi-got links, a pointer to the next got (err, rather, most
of the time, it points to the previous got). */
struct mips_got_info *next;
+ /* This is the GOT index of the TLS LDM entry for the GOT, MINUS_ONE
+ for none, or MINUS_TWO for not yet assigned. This is needed
+ because a single-GOT link may have multiple hash table entries
+ for the LDM. It does not get initialized in multi-GOT mode. */
+ bfd_vma tls_ldm_offset;
};
/* Map an input bfd to a got in a multi-got link. */
-struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash {
+struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
+{
bfd *bfd;
struct mips_got_info *g;
};
/* The maximum number of got entries that can be addressed with a
16-bit offset. */
unsigned int max_count;
- /* The number of local and global entries in the primary got. */
- unsigned int primary_count;
- /* The number of local and global entries in the current got. */
- unsigned int current_count;
+ /* The maximum number of page entries needed by each got. */
+ unsigned int max_pages;
+ /* The total number of global entries which will live in the
+ primary got and be automatically relocated. This includes
+ those not referenced by the primary GOT but included in
+ the "master" GOT. */
+ unsigned int global_count;
};
/* Another structure used to pass arguments for got entries traversal. */
struct bfd_link_info *info;
};
+/* A structure used to count TLS relocations or GOT entries, for GOT
+ entry or ELF symbol table traversal. */
+
+struct mips_elf_count_tls_arg
+{
+ struct bfd_link_info *info;
+ unsigned int needed;
+};
+
struct _mips_elf_section_data
{
struct bfd_elf_section_data elf;
union
{
- struct mips_got_info *got_info;
bfd_byte *tdata;
} u;
};
#define mips_elf_section_data(sec) \
((struct _mips_elf_section_data *) elf_section_data (sec))
+#define is_mips_elf(bfd) \
+ (bfd_get_flavour (bfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour \
+ && elf_tdata (bfd) != NULL \
+ && elf_object_id (bfd) == MIPS_ELF_DATA)
+
+/* The ABI says that every symbol used by dynamic relocations must have
+ a global GOT entry. Among other things, this provides the dynamic
+ linker with a free, directly-indexed cache. The GOT can therefore
+ contain symbols that are not referenced by GOT relocations themselves
+ (in other words, it may have symbols that are not referenced by things
+ like R_MIPS_GOT16 and R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE).
+
+ GOT relocations are less likely to overflow if we put the associated
+ GOT entries towards the beginning. We therefore divide the global
+ GOT entries into two areas: "normal" and "reloc-only". Entries in
+ the first area can be used for both dynamic relocations and GP-relative
+ accesses, while those in the "reloc-only" area are for dynamic
+ relocations only.
+
+ These GGA_* ("Global GOT Area") values are organised so that lower
+ values are more general than higher values. Also, non-GGA_NONE
+ values are ordered by the position of the area in the GOT. */
+#define GGA_NORMAL 0
+#define GGA_RELOC_ONLY 1
+#define GGA_NONE 2
+
+/* Information about a non-PIC interface to a PIC function. There are
+ two ways of creating these interfaces. The first is to add:
+
+ lui $25,%hi(func)
+ addiu $25,$25,%lo(func)
+
+ immediately before a PIC function "func". The second is to add:
+
+ lui $25,%hi(func)
+ j func
+ addiu $25,$25,%lo(func)
+
+ to a separate trampoline section.
+
+ Stubs of the first kind go in a new section immediately before the
+ target function. Stubs of the second kind go in a single section
+ pointed to by the hash table's "strampoline" field. */
+struct mips_elf_la25_stub {
+ /* The generated section that contains this stub. */
+ asection *stub_section;
+
+ /* The offset of the stub from the start of STUB_SECTION. */
+ bfd_vma offset;
+
+ /* One symbol for the original function. Its location is available
+ in H->root.root.u.def. */
+ struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h;
+};
+
+/* Macros for populating a mips_elf_la25_stub. */
+
+#define LA25_LUI(VAL) (0x3c190000 | (VAL)) /* lui t9,VAL */
+#define LA25_J(VAL) (0x08000000 | (((VAL) >> 2) & 0x3ffffff)) /* j VAL */
+#define LA25_ADDIU(VAL) (0x27390000 | (VAL)) /* addiu t9,t9,VAL */
+#define LA25_LUI_MICROMIPS_1(VAL) (0x41b9) /* lui t9,VAL */
+#define LA25_LUI_MICROMIPS_2(VAL) (VAL)
+#define LA25_J_MICROMIPS_1(VAL) (0xd400 | (((VAL) >> 17) & 0x3ff)) /* j VAL */
+#define LA25_J_MICROMIPS_2(VAL) ((VAL) >> 1)
+#define LA25_ADDIU_MICROMIPS_1(VAL) (0x3339) /* addiu t9,t9,VAL */
+#define LA25_ADDIU_MICROMIPS_2(VAL) (VAL)
+
/* This structure is passed to mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f when sorting
the dynamic symbols. */
/* The symbol in the global GOT with the lowest dynamic symbol table
index. */
struct elf_link_hash_entry *low;
- /* The least dynamic symbol table index corresponding to a symbol
- with a GOT entry. */
+ /* The least dynamic symbol table index corresponding to a non-TLS
+ symbol with a GOT entry. */
long min_got_dynindx;
/* The greatest dynamic symbol table index corresponding to a symbol
with a GOT entry that is not referenced (e.g., a dynamic symbol
/* External symbol information. */
EXTR esym;
+ /* The la25 stub we have created for ths symbol, if any. */
+ struct mips_elf_la25_stub *la25_stub;
+
/* Number of R_MIPS_32, R_MIPS_REL32, or R_MIPS_64 relocs against
this symbol. */
unsigned int possibly_dynamic_relocs;
- /* If the R_MIPS_32, R_MIPS_REL32, or R_MIPS_64 reloc is against
- a readonly section. */
- bfd_boolean readonly_reloc;
-
- /* We must not create a stub for a symbol that has relocations
- related to taking the function's address, i.e. any but
- R_MIPS_CALL*16 ones -- see "MIPS ABI Supplement, 3rd Edition",
- p. 4-20. */
- bfd_boolean no_fn_stub;
-
/* If there is a stub that 32 bit functions should use to call this
16 bit function, this points to the section containing the stub. */
asection *fn_stub;
- /* Whether we need the fn_stub; this is set if this symbol appears
- in any relocs other than a 16 bit call. */
- bfd_boolean need_fn_stub;
-
/* If there is a stub that 16 bit functions should use to call this
32 bit function, this points to the section containing the stub. */
asection *call_stub;
being called returns a floating point value. */
asection *call_fp_stub;
- /* Are we forced local? .*/
- bfd_boolean forced_local;
+#define GOT_NORMAL 0
+#define GOT_TLS_GD 1
+#define GOT_TLS_LDM 2
+#define GOT_TLS_IE 4
+#define GOT_TLS_OFFSET_DONE 0x40
+#define GOT_TLS_DONE 0x80
+ unsigned char tls_type;
+
+ /* This is only used in single-GOT mode; in multi-GOT mode there
+ is one mips_got_entry per GOT entry, so the offset is stored
+ there. In single-GOT mode there may be many mips_got_entry
+ structures all referring to the same GOT slot. It might be
+ possible to use root.got.offset instead, but that field is
+ overloaded already. */
+ bfd_vma tls_got_offset;
+
+ /* The highest GGA_* value that satisfies all references to this symbol. */
+ unsigned int global_got_area : 2;
+
+ /* True if all GOT relocations against this symbol are for calls. This is
+ a looser condition than no_fn_stub below, because there may be other
+ non-call non-GOT relocations against the symbol. */
+ unsigned int got_only_for_calls : 1;
+
+ /* True if one of the relocations described by possibly_dynamic_relocs
+ is against a readonly section. */
+ unsigned int readonly_reloc : 1;
+
+ /* True if there is a relocation against this symbol that must be
+ resolved by the static linker (in other words, if the relocation
+ cannot possibly be made dynamic). */
+ unsigned int has_static_relocs : 1;
+
+ /* True if we must not create a .MIPS.stubs entry for this symbol.
+ This is set, for example, if there are relocations related to
+ taking the function's address, i.e. any but R_MIPS_CALL*16 ones.
+ See "MIPS ABI Supplement, 3rd Edition", p. 4-20. */
+ unsigned int no_fn_stub : 1;
+
+ /* Whether we need the fn_stub; this is true if this symbol appears
+ in any relocs other than a 16 bit call. */
+ unsigned int need_fn_stub : 1;
+
+ /* True if this symbol is referenced by branch relocations from
+ any non-PIC input file. This is used to determine whether an
+ la25 stub is required. */
+ unsigned int has_nonpic_branches : 1;
+
+ /* Does this symbol need a traditional MIPS lazy-binding stub
+ (as opposed to a PLT entry)? */
+ unsigned int needs_lazy_stub : 1;
};
/* MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
/* String section indices for the dynamic section symbols. */
bfd_size_type dynsym_sec_strindex[SIZEOF_MIPS_DYNSYM_SECNAMES];
#endif
+
/* The number of .rtproc entries. */
bfd_size_type procedure_count;
+
/* The size of the .compact_rel section (if SGI_COMPAT). */
bfd_size_type compact_rel_size;
+
/* This flag indicates that the value of DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP dynamic
entry is set to the address of __rld_obj_head as in IRIX5. */
bfd_boolean use_rld_obj_head;
+
/* This is the value of the __rld_map or __rld_obj_head symbol. */
bfd_vma rld_value;
+
/* This is set if we see any mips16 stub sections. */
bfd_boolean mips16_stubs_seen;
+
+ /* True if we can generate copy relocs and PLTs. */
+ bfd_boolean use_plts_and_copy_relocs;
+
+ /* True if we're generating code for VxWorks. */
+ bfd_boolean is_vxworks;
+
+ /* True if we already reported the small-data section overflow. */
+ bfd_boolean small_data_overflow_reported;
+
+ /* Shortcuts to some dynamic sections, or NULL if they are not
+ being used. */
+ asection *srelbss;
+ asection *sdynbss;
+ asection *srelplt;
+ asection *srelplt2;
+ asection *sgotplt;
+ asection *splt;
+ asection *sstubs;
+ asection *sgot;
+
+ /* The master GOT information. */
+ struct mips_got_info *got_info;
+
+ /* The size of the PLT header in bytes. */
+ bfd_vma plt_header_size;
+
+ /* The size of a PLT entry in bytes. */
+ bfd_vma plt_entry_size;
+
+ /* The number of functions that need a lazy-binding stub. */
+ bfd_vma lazy_stub_count;
+
+ /* The size of a function stub entry in bytes. */
+ bfd_vma function_stub_size;
+
+ /* The number of reserved entries at the beginning of the GOT. */
+ unsigned int reserved_gotno;
+
+ /* The section used for mips_elf_la25_stub trampolines.
+ See the comment above that structure for details. */
+ asection *strampoline;
+
+ /* A table of mips_elf_la25_stubs, indexed by (input_section, offset)
+ pairs. */
+ htab_t la25_stubs;
+
+ /* A function FN (NAME, IS, OS) that creates a new input section
+ called NAME and links it to output section OS. If IS is nonnull,
+ the new section should go immediately before it, otherwise it
+ should go at the (current) beginning of OS.
+
+ The function returns the new section on success, otherwise it
+ returns null. */
+ asection *(*add_stub_section) (const char *, asection *, asection *);
+};
+
+/* Get the MIPS ELF linker hash table from a link_info structure. */
+
+#define mips_elf_hash_table(p) \
+ (elf_hash_table_id ((struct elf_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash)) \
+ == MIPS_ELF_DATA ? ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash)) : NULL)
+
+/* A structure used to communicate with htab_traverse callbacks. */
+struct mips_htab_traverse_info
+{
+ /* The usual link-wide information. */
+ struct bfd_link_info *info;
+ bfd *output_bfd;
+
+ /* Starts off FALSE and is set to TRUE if the link should be aborted. */
+ bfd_boolean error;
};
+#define TLS_RELOC_P(r_type) \
+ (r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD32 \
+ || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD64 \
+ || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL32 \
+ || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL64 \
+ || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_GD \
+ || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_LDM \
+ || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_HI16 \
+ || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_LO16 \
+ || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL \
+ || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL32 \
+ || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL64 \
+ || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16 \
+ || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16 \
+ || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD \
+ || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM \
+ || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_DTPREL_HI16 \
+ || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_DTPREL_LO16 \
+ || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL \
+ || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16 \
+ || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16)
+
/* Structure used to pass information to mips_elf_output_extsym. */
struct extsym_info
#define rpdNil ((pRPDR) 0)
\f
static struct mips_got_entry *mips_elf_create_local_got_entry
- (bfd *, bfd *, struct mips_got_info *, asection *, bfd_vma);
+ (bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *, bfd *, bfd_vma, unsigned long,
+ struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *, int);
static bfd_boolean mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f
(struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *, void *);
static bfd_vma mips_elf_high
(bfd_vma);
-static bfd_boolean mips_elf_stub_section_p
- (bfd *, asection *);
static bfd_boolean mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation
(bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *, const Elf_Internal_Rela *,
struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *, asection *, bfd_vma,
/* This will be used when we sort the dynamic relocation records. */
static bfd *reldyn_sorting_bfd;
-/* Nonzero if ABFD is using the N32 ABI. */
+/* True if ABFD is for CPUs with load interlocking that include
+ non-MIPS1 CPUs and R3900. */
+#define LOAD_INTERLOCKS_P(abfd) \
+ ( ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) != E_MIPS_ARCH_1) \
+ || ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_MACH) == E_MIPS_MACH_3900))
+/* True if ABFD is for CPUs that are faster if JAL is converted to BAL.
+ This should be safe for all architectures. We enable this predicate
+ for RM9000 for now. */
+#define JAL_TO_BAL_P(abfd) \
+ ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_MACH) == E_MIPS_MACH_9000)
+
+/* True if ABFD is for CPUs that are faster if JALR is converted to BAL.
+ This should be safe for all architectures. We enable this predicate for
+ all CPUs. */
+#define JALR_TO_BAL_P(abfd) 1
+
+/* True if ABFD is for CPUs that are faster if JR is converted to B.
+ This should be safe for all architectures. We enable this predicate for
+ all CPUs. */
+#define JR_TO_B_P(abfd) 1
+
+/* True if ABFD is a PIC object. */
+#define PIC_OBJECT_P(abfd) \
+ ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_PIC) != 0)
+
+/* Nonzero if ABFD is using the N32 ABI. */
#define ABI_N32_P(abfd) \
((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI2) != 0)
#define MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME(abfd) \
(NEWABI_P (abfd) ? ".MIPS.options" : ".options")
+/* True if NAME is the recognized name of any SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS section.
+ Some IRIX system files do not use MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME. */
+#define MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME_P(NAME) \
+ (strcmp (NAME, ".MIPS.options") == 0 || strcmp (NAME, ".options") == 0)
+
+/* Whether the section is readonly. */
+#define MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION(sec) \
+ ((sec->flags & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY)) \
+ == (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY))
+
/* The name of the stub section. */
#define MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME(abfd) ".MIPS.stubs"
#define MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE(abfd) \
(get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_rel)
+/* The size of an external RELA relocation. */
+#define MIPS_ELF_RELA_SIZE(abfd) \
+ (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_rela)
+
/* The size of an external dynamic table entry. */
#define MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE(abfd) \
(get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_dyn)
? bfd_put_64 (abfd, val, ptr) \
: bfd_put_32 (abfd, val, ptr))
+/* The opcode for word-sized loads (LW or LD). */
+#define MIPS_ELF_LOAD_WORD(abfd) \
+ (ABI_64_P (abfd) ? 0xdc000000 : 0x8c000000)
+
/* Add a dynamic symbol table-entry. */
#define MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY(info, tag, val) \
_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info, tag, val)
#define MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO(abfd, rtype, rela) \
(get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_mips_rtype_to_howto (rtype, rela))
-/* Determine whether the internal relocation of index REL_IDX is REL
- (zero) or RELA (non-zero). The assumption is that, if there are
- two relocation sections for this section, one of them is REL and
- the other is RELA. If the index of the relocation we're testing is
- in range for the first relocation section, check that the external
- relocation size is that for RELA. It is also assumed that, if
- rel_idx is not in range for the first section, and this first
- section contains REL relocs, then the relocation is in the second
- section, that is RELA. */
-#define MIPS_RELOC_RELA_P(abfd, sec, rel_idx) \
- ((NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (&elf_section_data (sec)->rel_hdr) \
- * get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel \
- > (bfd_vma)(rel_idx)) \
- == (elf_section_data (sec)->rel_hdr.sh_entsize \
- == (ABI_64_P (abfd) ? sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela) \
- : sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela))))
+/* The name of the dynamic relocation section. */
+#define MIPS_ELF_REL_DYN_NAME(INFO) \
+ (mips_elf_hash_table (INFO)->is_vxworks ? ".rela.dyn" : ".rel.dyn")
/* In case we're on a 32-bit machine, construct a 64-bit "-1" value
from smaller values. Start with zero, widen, *then* decrement. */
#define MINUS_ONE (((bfd_vma)0) - 1)
#define MINUS_TWO (((bfd_vma)0) - 2)
-/* The number of local .got entries we reserve. */
-#define MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO (2)
+/* The value to write into got[1] for SVR4 targets, to identify it is
+ a GNU object. The dynamic linker can then use got[1] to store the
+ module pointer. */
+#define MIPS_ELF_GNU_GOT1_MASK(abfd) \
+ ((bfd_vma) 1 << (ABI_64_P (abfd) ? 63 : 31))
/* The offset of $gp from the beginning of the .got section. */
-#define ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET(abfd) (0x7ff0)
+#define ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET(INFO) \
+ (mips_elf_hash_table (INFO)->is_vxworks ? 0x0 : 0x7ff0)
/* The maximum size of the GOT for it to be addressable using 16-bit
offsets from $gp. */
-#define MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE(abfd) (ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET(abfd) + 0x7fff)
+#define MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE(INFO) (ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET (INFO) + 0x7fff)
/* Instructions which appear in a stub. */
-#define STUB_LW(abfd) \
- ((ABI_64_P (abfd) \
- ? 0xdf998010 /* ld t9,0x8010(gp) */ \
- : 0x8f998010)) /* lw t9,0x8010(gp) */
-#define STUB_MOVE(abfd) \
- ((ABI_64_P (abfd) \
- ? 0x03e0782d /* daddu t7,ra */ \
- : 0x03e07821)) /* addu t7,ra */
-#define STUB_JALR 0x0320f809 /* jalr t9,ra */
-#define STUB_LI16(abfd) \
- ((ABI_64_P (abfd) \
- ? 0x64180000 /* daddiu t8,zero,0 */ \
- : 0x24180000)) /* addiu t8,zero,0 */
-#define MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_SIZE (16)
+#define STUB_LW(abfd) \
+ ((ABI_64_P (abfd) \
+ ? 0xdf998010 /* ld t9,0x8010(gp) */ \
+ : 0x8f998010)) /* lw t9,0x8010(gp) */
+#define STUB_MOVE(abfd) \
+ ((ABI_64_P (abfd) \
+ ? 0x03e0782d /* daddu t7,ra */ \
+ : 0x03e07821)) /* addu t7,ra */
+#define STUB_LUI(VAL) (0x3c180000 + (VAL)) /* lui t8,VAL */
+#define STUB_JALR 0x0320f809 /* jalr t9,ra */
+#define STUB_ORI(VAL) (0x37180000 + (VAL)) /* ori t8,t8,VAL */
+#define STUB_LI16U(VAL) (0x34180000 + (VAL)) /* ori t8,zero,VAL unsigned */
+#define STUB_LI16S(abfd, VAL) \
+ ((ABI_64_P (abfd) \
+ ? (0x64180000 + (VAL)) /* daddiu t8,zero,VAL sign extended */ \
+ : (0x24180000 + (VAL)))) /* addiu t8,zero,VAL sign extended */
+
+#define MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_NORMAL_SIZE 16
+#define MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE 20
/* The name of the dynamic interpreter. This is put in the .interp
section. */
#define FN_STUB ".mips16.fn."
#define CALL_STUB ".mips16.call."
#define CALL_FP_STUB ".mips16.call.fp."
+
+#define FN_STUB_P(name) CONST_STRNEQ (name, FN_STUB)
+#define CALL_STUB_P(name) CONST_STRNEQ (name, CALL_STUB)
+#define CALL_FP_STUB_P(name) CONST_STRNEQ (name, CALL_FP_STUB)
+\f
+/* The format of the first PLT entry in an O32 executable. */
+static const bfd_vma mips_o32_exec_plt0_entry[] =
+{
+ 0x3c1c0000, /* lui $28, %hi(&GOTPLT[0]) */
+ 0x8f990000, /* lw $25, %lo(&GOTPLT[0])($28) */
+ 0x279c0000, /* addiu $28, $28, %lo(&GOTPLT[0]) */
+ 0x031cc023, /* subu $24, $24, $28 */
+ 0x03e07821, /* move $15, $31 */
+ 0x0018c082, /* srl $24, $24, 2 */
+ 0x0320f809, /* jalr $25 */
+ 0x2718fffe /* subu $24, $24, 2 */
+};
+
+/* The format of the first PLT entry in an N32 executable. Different
+ because gp ($28) is not available; we use t2 ($14) instead. */
+static const bfd_vma mips_n32_exec_plt0_entry[] =
+{
+ 0x3c0e0000, /* lui $14, %hi(&GOTPLT[0]) */
+ 0x8dd90000, /* lw $25, %lo(&GOTPLT[0])($14) */
+ 0x25ce0000, /* addiu $14, $14, %lo(&GOTPLT[0]) */
+ 0x030ec023, /* subu $24, $24, $14 */
+ 0x03e07821, /* move $15, $31 */
+ 0x0018c082, /* srl $24, $24, 2 */
+ 0x0320f809, /* jalr $25 */
+ 0x2718fffe /* subu $24, $24, 2 */
+};
+
+/* The format of the first PLT entry in an N64 executable. Different
+ from N32 because of the increased size of GOT entries. */
+static const bfd_vma mips_n64_exec_plt0_entry[] =
+{
+ 0x3c0e0000, /* lui $14, %hi(&GOTPLT[0]) */
+ 0xddd90000, /* ld $25, %lo(&GOTPLT[0])($14) */
+ 0x25ce0000, /* addiu $14, $14, %lo(&GOTPLT[0]) */
+ 0x030ec023, /* subu $24, $24, $14 */
+ 0x03e07821, /* move $15, $31 */
+ 0x0018c0c2, /* srl $24, $24, 3 */
+ 0x0320f809, /* jalr $25 */
+ 0x2718fffe /* subu $24, $24, 2 */
+};
+
+/* The format of subsequent PLT entries. */
+static const bfd_vma mips_exec_plt_entry[] =
+{
+ 0x3c0f0000, /* lui $15, %hi(.got.plt entry) */
+ 0x01f90000, /* l[wd] $25, %lo(.got.plt entry)($15) */
+ 0x25f80000, /* addiu $24, $15, %lo(.got.plt entry) */
+ 0x03200008 /* jr $25 */
+};
+
+/* The format of the first PLT entry in a VxWorks executable. */
+static const bfd_vma mips_vxworks_exec_plt0_entry[] =
+{
+ 0x3c190000, /* lui t9, %hi(_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_) */
+ 0x27390000, /* addiu t9, t9, %lo(_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_) */
+ 0x8f390008, /* lw t9, 8(t9) */
+ 0x00000000, /* nop */
+ 0x03200008, /* jr t9 */
+ 0x00000000 /* nop */
+};
+
+/* The format of subsequent PLT entries. */
+static const bfd_vma mips_vxworks_exec_plt_entry[] =
+{
+ 0x10000000, /* b .PLT_resolver */
+ 0x24180000, /* li t8, <pltindex> */
+ 0x3c190000, /* lui t9, %hi(<.got.plt slot>) */
+ 0x27390000, /* addiu t9, t9, %lo(<.got.plt slot>) */
+ 0x8f390000, /* lw t9, 0(t9) */
+ 0x00000000, /* nop */
+ 0x03200008, /* jr t9 */
+ 0x00000000 /* nop */
+};
+
+/* The format of the first PLT entry in a VxWorks shared object. */
+static const bfd_vma mips_vxworks_shared_plt0_entry[] =
+{
+ 0x8f990008, /* lw t9, 8(gp) */
+ 0x00000000, /* nop */
+ 0x03200008, /* jr t9 */
+ 0x00000000, /* nop */
+ 0x00000000, /* nop */
+ 0x00000000 /* nop */
+};
+
+/* The format of subsequent PLT entries. */
+static const bfd_vma mips_vxworks_shared_plt_entry[] =
+{
+ 0x10000000, /* b .PLT_resolver */
+ 0x24180000 /* li t8, <pltindex> */
+};
\f
/* Look up an entry in a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
(bfd_boolean (*) (struct elf_link_hash_entry *, void *)) (func), \
(info)))
-/* Get the MIPS ELF linker hash table from a link_info structure. */
+/* Find the base offsets for thread-local storage in this object,
+ for GD/LD and IE/LE respectively. */
-#define mips_elf_hash_table(p) \
- ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash))
+#define TP_OFFSET 0x7000
+#define DTP_OFFSET 0x8000
+
+static bfd_vma
+dtprel_base (struct bfd_link_info *info)
+{
+ /* If tls_sec is NULL, we should have signalled an error already. */
+ if (elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec == NULL)
+ return 0;
+ return elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec->vma + DTP_OFFSET;
+}
+
+static bfd_vma
+tprel_base (struct bfd_link_info *info)
+{
+ /* If tls_sec is NULL, we should have signalled an error already. */
+ if (elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec == NULL)
+ return 0;
+ return elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec->vma + TP_OFFSET;
+}
/* Create an entry in a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
/* We use -2 as a marker to indicate that the information has
not been set. -1 means there is no associated ifd. */
ret->esym.ifd = -2;
+ ret->la25_stub = 0;
ret->possibly_dynamic_relocs = 0;
- ret->readonly_reloc = FALSE;
- ret->no_fn_stub = FALSE;
ret->fn_stub = NULL;
- ret->need_fn_stub = FALSE;
ret->call_stub = NULL;
ret->call_fp_stub = NULL;
- ret->forced_local = FALSE;
+ ret->tls_type = GOT_NORMAL;
+ ret->global_got_area = GGA_NONE;
+ ret->got_only_for_calls = TRUE;
+ ret->readonly_reloc = FALSE;
+ ret->has_static_relocs = FALSE;
+ ret->no_fn_stub = FALSE;
+ ret->need_fn_stub = FALSE;
+ ret->has_nonpic_branches = FALSE;
+ ret->needs_lazy_stub = FALSE;
}
return (struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret;
bfd_boolean
_bfd_mips_elf_new_section_hook (bfd *abfd, asection *sec)
{
- struct _mips_elf_section_data *sdata;
- bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (*sdata);
+ if (!sec->used_by_bfd)
+ {
+ struct _mips_elf_section_data *sdata;
+ bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (*sdata);
- sdata = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
- if (sdata == NULL)
- return FALSE;
- sec->used_by_bfd = sdata;
+ sdata = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
+ if (sdata == NULL)
+ return FALSE;
+ sec->used_by_bfd = sdata;
+ }
return _bfd_elf_new_section_hook (abfd, sec);
}
/* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
matters, but someday it might). */
- s->link_order_head = NULL;
+ s->map_head.link_order = NULL;
if (epdr != NULL)
free (epdr);
free (sv);
return FALSE;
}
+\f
+/* We're going to create a stub for H. Create a symbol for the stub's
+ value and size, to help make the disassembly easier to read. */
+
+static bfd_boolean
+mips_elf_create_stub_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info,
+ struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h,
+ const char *prefix, asection *s, bfd_vma value,
+ bfd_vma size)
+{
+ struct bfd_link_hash_entry *bh;
+ struct elf_link_hash_entry *elfh;
+ const char *name;
+
+ if (ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (h->root.other))
+ value |= 1;
+
+ /* Create a new symbol. */
+ name = ACONCAT ((prefix, h->root.root.root.string, NULL));
+ bh = NULL;
+ if (!_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol (info, s->owner, name,
+ BSF_LOCAL, s, value, NULL,
+ TRUE, FALSE, &bh))
+ return FALSE;
+
+ /* Make it a local function. */
+ elfh = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) bh;
+ elfh->type = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL, STT_FUNC);
+ elfh->size = size;
+ elfh->forced_local = 1;
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+/* We're about to redefine H. Create a symbol to represent H's
+ current value and size, to help make the disassembly easier
+ to read. */
+
+static bfd_boolean
+mips_elf_create_shadow_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info,
+ struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h,
+ const char *prefix)
+{
+ struct bfd_link_hash_entry *bh;
+ struct elf_link_hash_entry *elfh;
+ const char *name;
+ asection *s;
+ bfd_vma value;
+
+ /* Read the symbol's value. */
+ BFD_ASSERT (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
+ || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak);
+ s = h->root.root.u.def.section;
+ value = h->root.root.u.def.value;
+
+ /* Create a new symbol. */
+ name = ACONCAT ((prefix, h->root.root.root.string, NULL));
+ bh = NULL;
+ if (!_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol (info, s->owner, name,
+ BSF_LOCAL, s, value, NULL,
+ TRUE, FALSE, &bh))
+ return FALSE;
+
+ /* Make it local and copy the other attributes from H. */
+ elfh = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) bh;
+ elfh->type = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL, ELF_ST_TYPE (h->root.type));
+ elfh->other = h->root.other;
+ elfh->size = h->root.size;
+ elfh->forced_local = 1;
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+/* Return TRUE if relocations in SECTION can refer directly to a MIPS16
+ function rather than to a hard-float stub. */
+
+static bfd_boolean
+section_allows_mips16_refs_p (asection *section)
+{
+ const char *name;
+
+ name = bfd_get_section_name (section->owner, section);
+ return (FN_STUB_P (name)
+ || CALL_STUB_P (name)
+ || CALL_FP_STUB_P (name)
+ || strcmp (name, ".pdr") == 0);
+}
+
+/* [RELOCS, RELEND) are the relocations against SEC, which is a MIPS16
+ stub section of some kind. Return the R_SYMNDX of the target
+ function, or 0 if we can't decide which function that is. */
+
+static unsigned long
+mips16_stub_symndx (asection *sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
+ const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs,
+ const Elf_Internal_Rela *relend)
+{
+ const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel;
+
+ /* Trust the first R_MIPS_NONE relocation, if any. */
+ for (rel = relocs; rel < relend; rel++)
+ if (ELF_R_TYPE (sec->owner, rel->r_info) == R_MIPS_NONE)
+ return ELF_R_SYM (sec->owner, rel->r_info);
+
+ /* Otherwise trust the first relocation, whatever its kind. This is
+ the traditional behavior. */
+ if (relocs < relend)
+ return ELF_R_SYM (sec->owner, relocs->r_info);
+
+ return 0;
+}
/* Check the mips16 stubs for a particular symbol, and see if we can
discard them. */
-static bfd_boolean
-mips_elf_check_mips16_stubs (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h,
- void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
+static void
+mips_elf_check_mips16_stubs (struct bfd_link_info *info,
+ struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h)
{
- if (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
- h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.root.u.i.link;
+ /* Dynamic symbols must use the standard call interface, in case other
+ objects try to call them. */
+ if (h->fn_stub != NULL
+ && h->root.dynindx != -1)
+ {
+ mips_elf_create_shadow_symbol (info, h, ".mips16.");
+ h->need_fn_stub = TRUE;
+ }
if (h->fn_stub != NULL
&& ! h->need_fn_stub)
}
if (h->call_stub != NULL
- && h->root.other == STO_MIPS16)
+ && ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (h->root.other))
{
/* We don't need the call_stub; this is a 16 bit function, so
calls from other 16 bit functions are OK. Clobber the size
}
if (h->call_fp_stub != NULL
- && h->root.other == STO_MIPS16)
+ && ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (h->root.other))
{
/* We don't need the call_stub; this is a 16 bit function, so
calls from other 16 bit functions are OK. Clobber the size
h->call_fp_stub->reloc_count = 0;
h->call_fp_stub->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
}
-
- return TRUE;
}
-\f
-/* R_MIPS16_26 is used for the mips16 jal and jalx instructions.
- Most mips16 instructions are 16 bits, but these instructions
- are 32 bits.
-
- The format of these instructions is:
- +--------------+--------------------------------+
- | JALX | X| Imm 20:16 | Imm 25:21 |
- +--------------+--------------------------------+
- | Immediate 15:0 |
- +-----------------------------------------------+
+/* Hashtable callbacks for mips_elf_la25_stubs. */
- JALX is the 5-bit value 00011. X is 0 for jal, 1 for jalx.
- Note that the immediate value in the first word is swapped.
+static hashval_t
+mips_elf_la25_stub_hash (const void *entry_)
+{
+ const struct mips_elf_la25_stub *entry;
- When producing a relocatable object file, R_MIPS16_26 is
- handled mostly like R_MIPS_26. In particular, the addend is
- stored as a straight 26-bit value in a 32-bit instruction.
- (gas makes life simpler for itself by never adjusting a
- R_MIPS16_26 reloc to be against a section, so the addend is
- always zero). However, the 32 bit instruction is stored as 2
- 16-bit values, rather than a single 32-bit value. In a
- big-endian file, the result is the same; in a little-endian
- file, the two 16-bit halves of the 32 bit value are swapped.
- This is so that a disassembler can recognize the jal
- instruction.
+ entry = (struct mips_elf_la25_stub *) entry_;
+ return entry->h->root.root.u.def.section->id
+ + entry->h->root.root.u.def.value;
+}
- When doing a final link, R_MIPS16_26 is treated as a 32 bit
- instruction stored as two 16-bit values. The addend A is the
- contents of the targ26 field. The calculation is the same as
- R_MIPS_26. When storing the calculated value, reorder the
- immediate value as shown above, and don't forget to store the
- value as two 16-bit values.
+static int
+mips_elf_la25_stub_eq (const void *entry1_, const void *entry2_)
+{
+ const struct mips_elf_la25_stub *entry1, *entry2;
- To put it in MIPS ABI terms, the relocation field is T-targ26-16,
- defined as
+ entry1 = (struct mips_elf_la25_stub *) entry1_;
+ entry2 = (struct mips_elf_la25_stub *) entry2_;
+ return ((entry1->h->root.root.u.def.section
+ == entry2->h->root.root.u.def.section)
+ && (entry1->h->root.root.u.def.value
+ == entry2->h->root.root.u.def.value));
+}
- big-endian:
- +--------+----------------------+
- | | |
- | | targ26-16 |
- |31 26|25 0|
- +--------+----------------------+
+/* Called by the linker to set up the la25 stub-creation code. FN is
+ the linker's implementation of add_stub_function. Return true on
+ success. */
- little-endian:
- +----------+------+-------------+
- | | | |
- | sub1 | | sub2 |
- |0 9|10 15|16 31|
- +----------+--------------------+
- where targ26-16 is sub1 followed by sub2 (i.e., the addend field A is
- ((sub1 << 16) | sub2)).
+bfd_boolean
+_bfd_mips_elf_init_stubs (struct bfd_link_info *info,
+ asection *(*fn) (const char *, asection *,
+ asection *))
+{
+ struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
- When producing a relocatable object file, the calculation is
- (((A < 2) | ((P + 4) & 0xf0000000) + S) >> 2)
- When producing a fully linked file, the calculation is
- let R = (((A < 2) | ((P + 4) & 0xf0000000) + S) >> 2)
- ((R & 0x1f0000) << 5) | ((R & 0x3e00000) >> 5) | (R & 0xffff)
+ htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
+ if (htab == NULL)
+ return FALSE;
- R_MIPS16_GPREL is used for GP-relative addressing in mips16
- mode. A typical instruction will have a format like this:
+ htab->add_stub_section = fn;
+ htab->la25_stubs = htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_la25_stub_hash,
+ mips_elf_la25_stub_eq, NULL);
+ if (htab->la25_stubs == NULL)
+ return FALSE;
- +--------------+--------------------------------+
- | EXTEND | Imm 10:5 | Imm 15:11 |
- +--------------+--------------------------------+
- | Major | rx | ry | Imm 4:0 |
- +--------------+--------------------------------+
+ return TRUE;
+}
- EXTEND is the five bit value 11110. Major is the instruction
- opcode.
+/* Return true if H is a locally-defined PIC function, in the sense
+ that it might need $25 to be valid on entry. Note that MIPS16
+ functions never need $25 to be valid on entry; they set up $gp
+ using PC-relative instructions instead. */
- This is handled exactly like R_MIPS_GPREL16, except that the
- addend is retrieved and stored as shown in this diagram; that
- is, the Imm fields above replace the V-rel16 field.
+static bfd_boolean
+mips_elf_local_pic_function_p (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h)
+{
+ return ((h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
+ || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
+ && h->root.def_regular
+ && !bfd_is_abs_section (h->root.root.u.def.section)
+ && !ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (h->root.other)
+ && (PIC_OBJECT_P (h->root.root.u.def.section->owner)
+ || ELF_ST_IS_MIPS_PIC (h->root.other)));
+}
- All we need to do here is shuffle the bits appropriately. As
- above, the two 16-bit halves must be swapped on a
- little-endian system.
+/* STUB describes an la25 stub that we have decided to implement
+ by inserting an LUI/ADDIU pair before the target function.
+ Create the section and redirect the function symbol to it. */
- R_MIPS16_HI16 and R_MIPS16_LO16 are used in mips16 mode to
- access data when neither GP-relative nor PC-relative addressing
- can be used. They are handled like R_MIPS_HI16 and R_MIPS_LO16,
- except that the addend is retrieved and stored as shown above
- for R_MIPS16_GPREL.
- */
-void
-_bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_unshuffle (bfd *abfd, int r_type,
- bfd_boolean jal_shuffle, bfd_byte *data)
+static bfd_boolean
+mips_elf_add_la25_intro (struct mips_elf_la25_stub *stub,
+ struct bfd_link_info *info)
{
- bfd_vma extend, insn, val;
+ struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
+ char *name;
+ asection *s, *input_section;
+ unsigned int align;
- if (r_type != R_MIPS16_26 && r_type != R_MIPS16_GPREL
- && r_type != R_MIPS16_HI16 && r_type != R_MIPS16_LO16)
- return;
+ htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
+ if (htab == NULL)
+ return FALSE;
- /* Pick up the mips16 extend instruction and the real instruction. */
- extend = bfd_get_16 (abfd, data);
- insn = bfd_get_16 (abfd, data + 2);
- if (r_type == R_MIPS16_26)
- {
- if (jal_shuffle)
- val = ((extend & 0xfc00) << 16) | ((extend & 0x3e0) << 11)
- | ((extend & 0x1f) << 21) | insn;
- else
- val = extend << 16 | insn;
- }
- else
- val = ((extend & 0xf800) << 16) | ((insn & 0xffe0) << 11)
- | ((extend & 0x1f) << 11) | (extend & 0x7e0) | (insn & 0x1f);
- bfd_put_32 (abfd, val, data);
-}
+ /* Create a unique name for the new section. */
+ name = bfd_malloc (11 + sizeof (".text.stub."));
+ if (name == NULL)
+ return FALSE;
+ sprintf (name, ".text.stub.%d", (int) htab_elements (htab->la25_stubs));
-void
-_bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_shuffle (bfd *abfd, int r_type,
- bfd_boolean jal_shuffle, bfd_byte *data)
+ /* Create the section. */
+ input_section = stub->h->root.root.u.def.section;
+ s = htab->add_stub_section (name, input_section,
+ input_section->output_section);
+ if (s == NULL)
+ return FALSE;
+
+ /* Make sure that any padding goes before the stub. */
+ align = input_section->alignment_power;
+ if (!bfd_set_section_alignment (s->owner, s, align))
+ return FALSE;
+ if (align > 3)
+ s->size = (1 << align) - 8;
+
+ /* Create a symbol for the stub. */
+ mips_elf_create_stub_symbol (info, stub->h, ".pic.", s, s->size, 8);
+ stub->stub_section = s;
+ stub->offset = s->size;
+
+ /* Allocate room for it. */
+ s->size += 8;
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+/* STUB describes an la25 stub that we have decided to implement
+ with a separate trampoline. Allocate room for it and redirect
+ the function symbol to it. */
+
+static bfd_boolean
+mips_elf_add_la25_trampoline (struct mips_elf_la25_stub *stub,
+ struct bfd_link_info *info)
{
- bfd_vma extend, insn, val;
+ struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
+ asection *s;
- if (r_type != R_MIPS16_26 && r_type != R_MIPS16_GPREL
- && r_type != R_MIPS16_HI16 && r_type != R_MIPS16_LO16)
- return;
+ htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
+ if (htab == NULL)
+ return FALSE;
- val = bfd_get_32 (abfd, data);
- if (r_type == R_MIPS16_26)
+ /* Create a trampoline section, if we haven't already. */
+ s = htab->strampoline;
+ if (s == NULL)
+ {
+ asection *input_section = stub->h->root.root.u.def.section;
+ s = htab->add_stub_section (".text", NULL,
+ input_section->output_section);
+ if (s == NULL || !bfd_set_section_alignment (s->owner, s, 4))
+ return FALSE;
+ htab->strampoline = s;
+ }
+
+ /* Create a symbol for the stub. */
+ mips_elf_create_stub_symbol (info, stub->h, ".pic.", s, s->size, 16);
+ stub->stub_section = s;
+ stub->offset = s->size;
+
+ /* Allocate room for it. */
+ s->size += 16;
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+/* H describes a symbol that needs an la25 stub. Make sure that an
+ appropriate stub exists and point H at it. */
+
+static bfd_boolean
+mips_elf_add_la25_stub (struct bfd_link_info *info,
+ struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h)
+{
+ struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
+ struct mips_elf_la25_stub search, *stub;
+ bfd_boolean use_trampoline_p;
+ asection *s;
+ bfd_vma value;
+ void **slot;
+
+ /* Prefer to use LUI/ADDIU stubs if the function is at the beginning
+ of the section and if we would need no more than 2 nops. */
+ s = h->root.root.u.def.section;
+ value = h->root.root.u.def.value;
+ use_trampoline_p = (value != 0 || s->alignment_power > 4);
+
+ /* Describe the stub we want. */
+ search.stub_section = NULL;
+ search.offset = 0;
+ search.h = h;
+
+ /* See if we've already created an equivalent stub. */
+ htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
+ if (htab == NULL)
+ return FALSE;
+
+ slot = htab_find_slot (htab->la25_stubs, &search, INSERT);
+ if (slot == NULL)
+ return FALSE;
+
+ stub = (struct mips_elf_la25_stub *) *slot;
+ if (stub != NULL)
+ {
+ /* We can reuse the existing stub. */
+ h->la25_stub = stub;
+ return TRUE;
+ }
+
+ /* Create a permanent copy of ENTRY and add it to the hash table. */
+ stub = bfd_malloc (sizeof (search));
+ if (stub == NULL)
+ return FALSE;
+ *stub = search;
+ *slot = stub;
+
+ h->la25_stub = stub;
+ return (use_trampoline_p
+ ? mips_elf_add_la25_trampoline (stub, info)
+ : mips_elf_add_la25_intro (stub, info));
+}
+
+/* A mips_elf_link_hash_traverse callback that is called before sizing
+ sections. DATA points to a mips_htab_traverse_info structure. */
+
+static bfd_boolean
+mips_elf_check_symbols (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *data)
+{
+ struct mips_htab_traverse_info *hti;
+
+ hti = (struct mips_htab_traverse_info *) data;
+ if (!hti->info->relocatable)
+ mips_elf_check_mips16_stubs (hti->info, h);
+
+ if (mips_elf_local_pic_function_p (h))
{
- if (jal_shuffle)
+ /* PR 12845: If H is in a section that has been garbage
+ collected it will have its output section set to *ABS*. */
+ if (bfd_is_abs_section (h->root.root.u.def.section->output_section))
+ return TRUE;
+
+ /* H is a function that might need $25 to be valid on entry.
+ If we're creating a non-PIC relocatable object, mark H as
+ being PIC. If we're creating a non-relocatable object with
+ non-PIC branches and jumps to H, make sure that H has an la25
+ stub. */
+ if (hti->info->relocatable)
{
- insn = val & 0xffff;
- extend = ((val >> 16) & 0xfc00) | ((val >> 11) & 0x3e0)
- | ((val >> 21) & 0x1f);
+ if (!PIC_OBJECT_P (hti->output_bfd))
+ h->root.other = ELF_ST_SET_MIPS_PIC (h->root.other);
}
- else
+ else if (h->has_nonpic_branches && !mips_elf_add_la25_stub (hti->info, h))
{
- insn = val & 0xffff;
- extend = val >> 16;
+ hti->error = TRUE;
+ return FALSE;
}
}
+ return TRUE;
+}
+\f
+/* R_MIPS16_26 is used for the mips16 jal and jalx instructions.
+ Most mips16 instructions are 16 bits, but these instructions
+ are 32 bits.
+
+ The format of these instructions is:
+
+ +--------------+--------------------------------+
+ | JALX | X| Imm 20:16 | Imm 25:21 |
+ +--------------+--------------------------------+
+ | Immediate 15:0 |
+ +-----------------------------------------------+
+
+ JALX is the 5-bit value 00011. X is 0 for jal, 1 for jalx.
+ Note that the immediate value in the first word is swapped.
+
+ When producing a relocatable object file, R_MIPS16_26 is
+ handled mostly like R_MIPS_26. In particular, the addend is
+ stored as a straight 26-bit value in a 32-bit instruction.
+ (gas makes life simpler for itself by never adjusting a
+ R_MIPS16_26 reloc to be against a section, so the addend is
+ always zero). However, the 32 bit instruction is stored as 2
+ 16-bit values, rather than a single 32-bit value. In a
+ big-endian file, the result is the same; in a little-endian
+ file, the two 16-bit halves of the 32 bit value are swapped.
+ This is so that a disassembler can recognize the jal
+ instruction.
+
+ When doing a final link, R_MIPS16_26 is treated as a 32 bit
+ instruction stored as two 16-bit values. The addend A is the
+ contents of the targ26 field. The calculation is the same as
+ R_MIPS_26. When storing the calculated value, reorder the
+ immediate value as shown above, and don't forget to store the
+ value as two 16-bit values.
+
+ To put it in MIPS ABI terms, the relocation field is T-targ26-16,
+ defined as
+
+ big-endian:
+ +--------+----------------------+
+ | | |
+ | | targ26-16 |
+ |31 26|25 0|
+ +--------+----------------------+
+
+ little-endian:
+ +----------+------+-------------+
+ | | | |
+ | sub1 | | sub2 |
+ |0 9|10 15|16 31|
+ +----------+--------------------+
+ where targ26-16 is sub1 followed by sub2 (i.e., the addend field A is
+ ((sub1 << 16) | sub2)).
+
+ When producing a relocatable object file, the calculation is
+ (((A < 2) | ((P + 4) & 0xf0000000) + S) >> 2)
+ When producing a fully linked file, the calculation is
+ let R = (((A < 2) | ((P + 4) & 0xf0000000) + S) >> 2)
+ ((R & 0x1f0000) << 5) | ((R & 0x3e00000) >> 5) | (R & 0xffff)
+
+ The table below lists the other MIPS16 instruction relocations.
+ Each one is calculated in the same way as the non-MIPS16 relocation
+ given on the right, but using the extended MIPS16 layout of 16-bit
+ immediate fields:
+
+ R_MIPS16_GPREL R_MIPS_GPREL16
+ R_MIPS16_GOT16 R_MIPS_GOT16
+ R_MIPS16_CALL16 R_MIPS_CALL16
+ R_MIPS16_HI16 R_MIPS_HI16
+ R_MIPS16_LO16 R_MIPS_LO16
+
+ A typical instruction will have a format like this:
+
+ +--------------+--------------------------------+
+ | EXTEND | Imm 10:5 | Imm 15:11 |
+ +--------------+--------------------------------+
+ | Major | rx | ry | Imm 4:0 |
+ +--------------+--------------------------------+
+
+ EXTEND is the five bit value 11110. Major is the instruction
+ opcode.
+
+ All we need to do here is shuffle the bits appropriately.
+ As above, the two 16-bit halves must be swapped on a
+ little-endian system. */
+
+static inline bfd_boolean
+mips16_reloc_p (int r_type)
+{
+ switch (r_type)
+ {
+ case R_MIPS16_26:
+ case R_MIPS16_GPREL:
+ case R_MIPS16_GOT16:
+ case R_MIPS16_CALL16:
+ case R_MIPS16_HI16:
+ case R_MIPS16_LO16:
+ return TRUE;
+
+ default:
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+}
+
+/* Check if a microMIPS reloc. */
+
+static inline bfd_boolean
+micromips_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type)
+{
+ return r_type >= R_MICROMIPS_min && r_type < R_MICROMIPS_max;
+}
+
+/* Similar to MIPS16, the two 16-bit halves in microMIPS must be swapped
+ on a little-endian system. This does not apply to R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1
+ and R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1 relocs that apply to 16-bit instructions. */
+
+static inline bfd_boolean
+micromips_reloc_shuffle_p (unsigned int r_type)
+{
+ return (micromips_reloc_p (r_type)
+ && r_type != R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1
+ && r_type != R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1);
+}
+
+static inline bfd_boolean
+got16_reloc_p (int r_type)
+{
+ return (r_type == R_MIPS_GOT16
+ || r_type == R_MIPS16_GOT16
+ || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_GOT16);
+}
+
+static inline bfd_boolean
+call16_reloc_p (int r_type)
+{
+ return (r_type == R_MIPS_CALL16
+ || r_type == R_MIPS16_CALL16
+ || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_CALL16);
+}
+
+static inline bfd_boolean
+got_disp_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type)
+{
+ return r_type == R_MIPS_GOT_DISP || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP;
+}
+
+static inline bfd_boolean
+got_page_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type)
+{
+ return r_type == R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE;
+}
+
+static inline bfd_boolean
+got_ofst_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type)
+{
+ return r_type == R_MIPS_GOT_OFST || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_GOT_OFST;
+}
+
+static inline bfd_boolean
+got_hi16_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type)
+{
+ return r_type == R_MIPS_GOT_HI16 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16;
+}
+
+static inline bfd_boolean
+got_lo16_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type)
+{
+ return r_type == R_MIPS_GOT_LO16 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16;
+}
+
+static inline bfd_boolean
+call_hi16_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type)
+{
+ return r_type == R_MIPS_CALL_HI16 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16;
+}
+
+static inline bfd_boolean
+call_lo16_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type)
+{
+ return r_type == R_MIPS_CALL_LO16 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16;
+}
+
+static inline bfd_boolean
+hi16_reloc_p (int r_type)
+{
+ return (r_type == R_MIPS_HI16
+ || r_type == R_MIPS16_HI16
+ || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_HI16);
+}
+
+static inline bfd_boolean
+lo16_reloc_p (int r_type)
+{
+ return (r_type == R_MIPS_LO16
+ || r_type == R_MIPS16_LO16
+ || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_LO16);
+}
+
+static inline bfd_boolean
+mips16_call_reloc_p (int r_type)
+{
+ return r_type == R_MIPS16_26 || r_type == R_MIPS16_CALL16;
+}
+
+static inline bfd_boolean
+jal_reloc_p (int r_type)
+{
+ return (r_type == R_MIPS_26
+ || r_type == R_MIPS16_26
+ || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_26_S1);
+}
+
+static inline bfd_boolean
+micromips_branch_reloc_p (int r_type)
+{
+ return (r_type == R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
+ || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
+ || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1
+ || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1);
+}
+
+static inline bfd_boolean
+tls_gd_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type)
+{
+ return r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_GD || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD;
+}
+
+static inline bfd_boolean
+tls_ldm_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type)
+{
+ return r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_LDM || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM;
+}
+
+static inline bfd_boolean
+tls_gottprel_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type)
+{
+ return r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL;
+}
+
+void
+_bfd_mips_elf_reloc_unshuffle (bfd *abfd, int r_type,
+ bfd_boolean jal_shuffle, bfd_byte *data)
+{
+ bfd_vma first, second, val;
+
+ if (!mips16_reloc_p (r_type) && !micromips_reloc_shuffle_p (r_type))
+ return;
+
+ /* Pick up the first and second halfwords of the instruction. */
+ first = bfd_get_16 (abfd, data);
+ second = bfd_get_16 (abfd, data + 2);
+ if (micromips_reloc_p (r_type) || (r_type == R_MIPS16_26 && !jal_shuffle))
+ val = first << 16 | second;
+ else if (r_type != R_MIPS16_26)
+ val = (((first & 0xf800) << 16) | ((second & 0xffe0) << 11)
+ | ((first & 0x1f) << 11) | (first & 0x7e0) | (second & 0x1f));
+ else
+ val = (((first & 0xfc00) << 16) | ((first & 0x3e0) << 11)
+ | ((first & 0x1f) << 21) | second);
+ bfd_put_32 (abfd, val, data);
+}
+
+void
+_bfd_mips_elf_reloc_shuffle (bfd *abfd, int r_type,
+ bfd_boolean jal_shuffle, bfd_byte *data)
+{
+ bfd_vma first, second, val;
+
+ if (!mips16_reloc_p (r_type) && !micromips_reloc_shuffle_p (r_type))
+ return;
+
+ val = bfd_get_32 (abfd, data);
+ if (micromips_reloc_p (r_type) || (r_type == R_MIPS16_26 && !jal_shuffle))
+ {
+ second = val & 0xffff;
+ first = val >> 16;
+ }
+ else if (r_type != R_MIPS16_26)
+ {
+ second = ((val >> 11) & 0xffe0) | (val & 0x1f);
+ first = ((val >> 16) & 0xf800) | ((val >> 11) & 0x1f) | (val & 0x7e0);
+ }
else
{
- insn = ((val >> 11) & 0xffe0) | (val & 0x1f);
- extend = ((val >> 16) & 0xf800) | ((val >> 11) & 0x1f) | (val & 0x7e0);
+ second = val & 0xffff;
+ first = ((val >> 16) & 0xfc00) | ((val >> 11) & 0x3e0)
+ | ((val >> 21) & 0x1f);
}
- bfd_put_16 (abfd, insn, data + 2);
- bfd_put_16 (abfd, extend, data);
+ bfd_put_16 (abfd, second, data + 2);
+ bfd_put_16 (abfd, first, data);
}
bfd_reloc_status_type
return bfd_reloc_ok;
}
-/* A howto special_function for REL R_MIPS_GOT16 relocations. This is just
+/* A howto special_function for REL R_MIPS*_GOT16 relocations. This is just
like any other 16-bit relocation when applied to global symbols, but is
treated in the same as R_MIPS_HI16 when applied to local symbols. */
if (reloc_entry->address > bfd_get_section_limit (abfd, input_section))
return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
- _bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_unshuffle (abfd, reloc_entry->howto->type, FALSE,
- location);
- vallo = bfd_get_32 (abfd, location);
- _bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_shuffle (abfd, reloc_entry->howto->type, FALSE,
+ _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_unshuffle (abfd, reloc_entry->howto->type, FALSE,
location);
+ vallo = bfd_get_32 (abfd, location);
+ _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_shuffle (abfd, reloc_entry->howto->type, FALSE,
+ location);
while (mips_hi16_list != NULL)
{
hi = mips_hi16_list;
- /* R_MIPS_GOT16 relocations are something of a special case. We
- want to install the addend in the same way as for a R_MIPS_HI16
+ /* R_MIPS*_GOT16 relocations are something of a special case. We
+ want to install the addend in the same way as for a R_MIPS*_HI16
relocation (with a rightshift of 16). However, since GOT16
relocations can also be used with global symbols, their howto
has a rightshift of 0. */
if (hi->rel.howto->type == R_MIPS_GOT16)
hi->rel.howto = MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd, R_MIPS_HI16, FALSE);
+ else if (hi->rel.howto->type == R_MIPS16_GOT16)
+ hi->rel.howto = MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd, R_MIPS16_HI16, FALSE);
+ else if (hi->rel.howto->type == R_MICROMIPS_GOT16)
+ hi->rel.howto = MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd, R_MICROMIPS_HI16, FALSE);
/* VALLO is a signed 16-bit number. Bias it by 0x8000 so that any
carry or borrow will induce a change of +1 or -1 in the high part. */
val += reloc_entry->addend;
/* Add VAL to the relocation field. */
- _bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_unshuffle (abfd, reloc_entry->howto->type, FALSE,
- location);
+ _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_unshuffle (abfd, reloc_entry->howto->type, FALSE,
+ location);
status = _bfd_relocate_contents (reloc_entry->howto, abfd, val,
location);
- _bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_shuffle (abfd, reloc_entry->howto->type, FALSE,
- location);
+ _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_shuffle (abfd, reloc_entry->howto->type, FALSE,
+ location);
if (status != bfd_reloc_ok)
return status;
{
Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc1;
Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc2;
+ int diff;
bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (reldyn_sorting_bfd, arg1, &int_reloc1);
bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (reldyn_sorting_bfd, arg2, &int_reloc2);
- return ELF32_R_SYM (int_reloc1.r_info) - ELF32_R_SYM (int_reloc2.r_info);
+ diff = ELF32_R_SYM (int_reloc1.r_info) - ELF32_R_SYM (int_reloc2.r_info);
+ if (diff != 0)
+ return diff;
+
+ if (int_reloc1.r_offset < int_reloc2.r_offset)
+ return -1;
+ if (int_reloc1.r_offset > int_reloc2.r_offset)
+ return 1;
+ return 0;
}
/* Like sort_dynamic_relocs, but used for elf64 relocations. */
(*get_elf_backend_data (reldyn_sorting_bfd)->s->swap_reloc_in)
(reldyn_sorting_bfd, arg2, int_reloc2);
- return (ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc1[0].r_info)
- - ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc2[0].r_info));
+ if (ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc1[0].r_info) < ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc2[0].r_info))
+ return -1;
+ if (ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc1[0].r_info) > ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc2[0].r_info))
+ return 1;
+
+ if (int_reloc1[0].r_offset < int_reloc2[0].r_offset)
+ return -1;
+ if (int_reloc1[0].r_offset > int_reloc2[0].r_offset)
+ return 1;
+ return 0;
#else
abort ();
#endif
bfd_boolean strip;
asection *sec, *output_section;
- if (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
- h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.root.u.i.link;
-
if (h->root.indx == -2)
strip = FALSE;
else if ((h->root.def_dynamic
else
h->esym.asym.value = 0;
}
- else if (h->root.needs_plt)
+ else
{
struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hd = h;
- bfd_boolean no_fn_stub = h->no_fn_stub;
while (hd->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect)
- {
- hd = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *)h->root.root.u.i.link;
- no_fn_stub = no_fn_stub || hd->no_fn_stub;
- }
+ hd = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *)h->root.root.u.i.link;
- if (!no_fn_stub)
+ if (hd->needs_lazy_stub)
{
/* Set type and value for a symbol with a function stub. */
h->esym.asym.st = stProc;
const struct mips_got_entry *entry = (struct mips_got_entry *)entry_;
return entry->symndx
+ + ((entry->tls_type & GOT_TLS_LDM) << 17)
+ (! entry->abfd ? mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry->d.address)
: entry->abfd->id
+ (entry->symndx >= 0 ? mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry->d.addend)
const struct mips_got_entry *e1 = (struct mips_got_entry *)entry1;
const struct mips_got_entry *e2 = (struct mips_got_entry *)entry2;
+ /* An LDM entry can only match another LDM entry. */
+ if ((e1->tls_type ^ e2->tls_type) & GOT_TLS_LDM)
+ return 0;
+
return e1->abfd == e2->abfd && e1->symndx == e2->symndx
&& (! e1->abfd ? e1->d.address == e2->d.address
: e1->symndx >= 0 ? e1->d.addend == e2->d.addend
+ (! entry->abfd
? mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry->d.address)
: entry->symndx >= 0
- ? (entry->abfd->id
- + mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry->d.addend))
+ ? ((entry->tls_type & GOT_TLS_LDM)
+ ? (GOT_TLS_LDM << 17)
+ : (entry->abfd->id
+ + mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry->d.addend)))
: entry->d.h->root.root.root.hash);
}
const struct mips_got_entry *e1 = (struct mips_got_entry *)entry1;
const struct mips_got_entry *e2 = (struct mips_got_entry *)entry2;
+ /* Any two LDM entries match. */
+ if (e1->tls_type & e2->tls_type & GOT_TLS_LDM)
+ return 1;
+
+ /* Nothing else matches an LDM entry. */
+ if ((e1->tls_type ^ e2->tls_type) & GOT_TLS_LDM)
+ return 0;
+
return e1->symndx == e2->symndx
&& (e1->symndx >= 0 ? e1->abfd == e2->abfd && e1->d.addend == e2->d.addend
: e1->abfd == NULL || e2->abfd == NULL
? e1->abfd == e2->abfd && e1->d.address == e2->d.address
: e1->d.h == e2->d.h);
}
+
+static hashval_t
+mips_got_page_entry_hash (const void *entry_)
+{
+ const struct mips_got_page_entry *entry;
+
+ entry = (const struct mips_got_page_entry *) entry_;
+ return entry->abfd->id + entry->symndx;
+}
+
+static int
+mips_got_page_entry_eq (const void *entry1_, const void *entry2_)
+{
+ const struct mips_got_page_entry *entry1, *entry2;
+
+ entry1 = (const struct mips_got_page_entry *) entry1_;
+ entry2 = (const struct mips_got_page_entry *) entry2_;
+ return entry1->abfd == entry2->abfd && entry1->symndx == entry2->symndx;
+}
\f
-/* Returns the dynamic relocation section for DYNOBJ. */
+/* Return the dynamic relocation section. If it doesn't exist, try to
+ create a new it if CREATE_P, otherwise return NULL. Also return NULL
+ if creation fails. */
static asection *
-mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (bfd *dynobj, bfd_boolean create_p)
+mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (struct bfd_link_info *info, bfd_boolean create_p)
{
- static const char dname[] = ".rel.dyn";
+ const char *dname;
asection *sreloc;
+ bfd *dynobj;
+ dname = MIPS_ELF_REL_DYN_NAME (info);
+ dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
sreloc = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, dname);
if (sreloc == NULL && create_p)
{
- sreloc = bfd_make_section (dynobj, dname);
+ sreloc = bfd_make_section_with_flags (dynobj, dname,
+ (SEC_ALLOC
+ | SEC_LOAD
+ | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
+ | SEC_IN_MEMORY
+ | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
+ | SEC_READONLY));
if (sreloc == NULL
- || ! bfd_set_section_flags (dynobj, sreloc,
- (SEC_ALLOC
- | SEC_LOAD
- | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
- | SEC_IN_MEMORY
- | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
- | SEC_READONLY))
|| ! bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj, sreloc,
MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (dynobj)))
return NULL;
return sreloc;
}
-/* Returns the GOT section for ABFD. */
+/* Count the number of relocations needed for a TLS GOT entry, with
+ access types from TLS_TYPE, and symbol H (or a local symbol if H
+ is NULL). */
-static asection *
-mips_elf_got_section (bfd *abfd, bfd_boolean maybe_excluded)
+static int
+mips_tls_got_relocs (struct bfd_link_info *info, unsigned char tls_type,
+ struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
{
- asection *sgot = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".got");
- if (sgot == NULL
- || (! maybe_excluded && (sgot->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) != 0))
- return NULL;
- return sgot;
+ int indx = 0;
+ int ret = 0;
+ bfd_boolean need_relocs = FALSE;
+ bfd_boolean dyn = elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created;
+
+ if (h && WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn, info->shared, h)
+ && (!info->shared || !SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h)))
+ indx = h->dynindx;
+
+ if ((info->shared || indx != 0)
+ && (h == NULL
+ || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT
+ || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak))
+ need_relocs = TRUE;
+
+ if (!need_relocs)
+ return FALSE;
+
+ if (tls_type & GOT_TLS_GD)
+ {
+ ret++;
+ if (indx != 0)
+ ret++;
+ }
+
+ if (tls_type & GOT_TLS_IE)
+ ret++;
+
+ if ((tls_type & GOT_TLS_LDM) && info->shared)
+ ret++;
+
+ return ret;
}
-/* Returns the GOT information associated with the link indicated by
- INFO. If SGOTP is non-NULL, it is filled in with the GOT
- section. */
+/* Count the number of TLS relocations required for the GOT entry in
+ ARG1, if it describes a local symbol. */
-static struct mips_got_info *
-mips_elf_got_info (bfd *abfd, asection **sgotp)
+static int
+mips_elf_count_local_tls_relocs (void **arg1, void *arg2)
{
- asection *sgot;
- struct mips_got_info *g;
+ struct mips_got_entry *entry = * (struct mips_got_entry **) arg1;
+ struct mips_elf_count_tls_arg *arg = arg2;
- sgot = mips_elf_got_section (abfd, TRUE);
- BFD_ASSERT (sgot != NULL);
- BFD_ASSERT (mips_elf_section_data (sgot) != NULL);
- g = mips_elf_section_data (sgot)->u.got_info;
- BFD_ASSERT (g != NULL);
+ if (entry->abfd != NULL && entry->symndx != -1)
+ arg->needed += mips_tls_got_relocs (arg->info, entry->tls_type, NULL);
+
+ return 1;
+}
+
+/* Count the number of TLS GOT entries required for the global (or
+ forced-local) symbol in ARG1. */
+
+static int
+mips_elf_count_global_tls_entries (void *arg1, void *arg2)
+{
+ struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hm
+ = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) arg1;
+ struct mips_elf_count_tls_arg *arg = arg2;
+
+ if (hm->tls_type & GOT_TLS_GD)
+ arg->needed += 2;
+ if (hm->tls_type & GOT_TLS_IE)
+ arg->needed += 1;
+
+ return 1;
+}
+
+/* Count the number of TLS relocations required for the global (or
+ forced-local) symbol in ARG1. */
+
+static int
+mips_elf_count_global_tls_relocs (void *arg1, void *arg2)
+{
+ struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hm
+ = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) arg1;
+ struct mips_elf_count_tls_arg *arg = arg2;
+
+ arg->needed += mips_tls_got_relocs (arg->info, hm->tls_type, &hm->root);
+
+ return 1;
+}
+
+/* Output a simple dynamic relocation into SRELOC. */
+
+static void
+mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation (bfd *output_bfd,
+ asection *sreloc,
+ unsigned long reloc_index,
+ unsigned long indx,
+ int r_type,
+ bfd_vma offset)
+{
+ Elf_Internal_Rela rel[3];
+
+ memset (rel, 0, sizeof (rel));
+
+ rel[0].r_info = ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd, indx, r_type);
+ rel[0].r_offset = rel[1].r_offset = rel[2].r_offset = offset;
+
+ if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd))
+ {
+ (*get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd)->s->swap_reloc_out)
+ (output_bfd, &rel[0],
+ (sreloc->contents
+ + reloc_index * sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel)));
+ }
+ else
+ bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out
+ (output_bfd, &rel[0],
+ (sreloc->contents
+ + reloc_index * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel)));
+}
+
+/* Initialize a set of TLS GOT entries for one symbol. */
+
+static void
+mips_elf_initialize_tls_slots (bfd *abfd, bfd_vma got_offset,
+ unsigned char *tls_type_p,
+ struct bfd_link_info *info,
+ struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h,
+ bfd_vma value)
+{
+ struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
+ int indx;
+ asection *sreloc, *sgot;
+ bfd_vma offset, offset2;
+ bfd_boolean need_relocs = FALSE;
+
+ htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
+ if (htab == NULL)
+ return;
+
+ sgot = htab->sgot;
+
+ indx = 0;
+ if (h != NULL)
+ {
+ bfd_boolean dyn = elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created;
+
+ if (WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn, info->shared, &h->root)
+ && (!info->shared || !SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, &h->root)))
+ indx = h->root.dynindx;
+ }
+
+ if (*tls_type_p & GOT_TLS_DONE)
+ return;
+
+ if ((info->shared || indx != 0)
+ && (h == NULL
+ || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->root.other) == STV_DEFAULT
+ || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak))
+ need_relocs = TRUE;
+
+ /* MINUS_ONE means the symbol is not defined in this object. It may not
+ be defined at all; assume that the value doesn't matter in that
+ case. Otherwise complain if we would use the value. */
+ BFD_ASSERT (value != MINUS_ONE || (indx != 0 && need_relocs)
+ || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak);
+
+ /* Emit necessary relocations. */
+ sreloc = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, FALSE);
+
+ /* General Dynamic. */
+ if (*tls_type_p & GOT_TLS_GD)
+ {
+ offset = got_offset;
+ offset2 = offset + MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd);
+
+ if (need_relocs)
+ {
+ mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation
+ (abfd, sreloc, sreloc->reloc_count++, indx,
+ ABI_64_P (abfd) ? R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD64 : R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD32,
+ sgot->output_offset + sgot->output_section->vma + offset);
+
+ if (indx)
+ mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation
+ (abfd, sreloc, sreloc->reloc_count++, indx,
+ ABI_64_P (abfd) ? R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL64 : R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL32,
+ sgot->output_offset + sgot->output_section->vma + offset2);
+ else
+ MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd, value - dtprel_base (info),
+ sgot->contents + offset2);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd, 1,
+ sgot->contents + offset);
+ MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd, value - dtprel_base (info),
+ sgot->contents + offset2);
+ }
+
+ got_offset += 2 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd);
+ }
+
+ /* Initial Exec model. */
+ if (*tls_type_p & GOT_TLS_IE)
+ {
+ offset = got_offset;
+
+ if (need_relocs)
+ {
+ if (indx == 0)
+ MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd, value - elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec->vma,
+ sgot->contents + offset);
+ else
+ MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd, 0,
+ sgot->contents + offset);
+
+ mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation
+ (abfd, sreloc, sreloc->reloc_count++, indx,
+ ABI_64_P (abfd) ? R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL64 : R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL32,
+ sgot->output_offset + sgot->output_section->vma + offset);
+ }
+ else
+ MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd, value - tprel_base (info),
+ sgot->contents + offset);
+ }
+
+ if (*tls_type_p & GOT_TLS_LDM)
+ {
+ /* The initial offset is zero, and the LD offsets will include the
+ bias by DTP_OFFSET. */
+ MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd, 0,
+ sgot->contents + got_offset
+ + MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd));
+
+ if (!info->shared)
+ MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd, 1,
+ sgot->contents + got_offset);
+ else
+ mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation
+ (abfd, sreloc, sreloc->reloc_count++, indx,
+ ABI_64_P (abfd) ? R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD64 : R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD32,
+ sgot->output_offset + sgot->output_section->vma + got_offset);
+ }
+
+ *tls_type_p |= GOT_TLS_DONE;
+}
+
+/* Return the GOT index to use for a relocation of type R_TYPE against
+ a symbol accessed using TLS_TYPE models. The GOT entries for this
+ symbol in this GOT start at GOT_INDEX. This function initializes the
+ GOT entries and corresponding relocations. */
+
+static bfd_vma
+mips_tls_got_index (bfd *abfd, bfd_vma got_index, unsigned char *tls_type,
+ int r_type, struct bfd_link_info *info,
+ struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h, bfd_vma symbol)
+{
+ BFD_ASSERT (tls_gottprel_reloc_p (r_type)
+ || tls_gd_reloc_p (r_type)
+ || tls_ldm_reloc_p (r_type));
+
+ mips_elf_initialize_tls_slots (abfd, got_index, tls_type, info, h, symbol);
+
+ if (tls_gottprel_reloc_p (r_type))
+ {
+ BFD_ASSERT (*tls_type & GOT_TLS_IE);
+ if (*tls_type & GOT_TLS_GD)
+ return got_index + 2 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd);
+ else
+ return got_index;
+ }
+
+ if (tls_gd_reloc_p (r_type))
+ {
+ BFD_ASSERT (*tls_type & GOT_TLS_GD);
+ return got_index;
+ }
- if (sgotp)
- *sgotp = (sgot->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) == 0 ? sgot : NULL;
+ if (tls_ldm_reloc_p (r_type))
+ {
+ BFD_ASSERT (*tls_type & GOT_TLS_LDM);
+ return got_index;
+ }
+
+ return got_index;
+}
+
+/* Return the offset from _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ of the .got.plt entry
+ for global symbol H. .got.plt comes before the GOT, so the offset
+ will be negative. */
+
+static bfd_vma
+mips_elf_gotplt_index (struct bfd_link_info *info,
+ struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
+{
+ bfd_vma plt_index, got_address, got_value;
+ struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
- return g;
+ htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
+ BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
+
+ BFD_ASSERT (h->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1);
+
+ /* This function only works for VxWorks, because a non-VxWorks .got.plt
+ section starts with reserved entries. */
+ BFD_ASSERT (htab->is_vxworks);
+
+ /* Calculate the index of the symbol's PLT entry. */
+ plt_index = (h->plt.offset - htab->plt_header_size) / htab->plt_entry_size;
+
+ /* Calculate the address of the associated .got.plt entry. */
+ got_address = (htab->sgotplt->output_section->vma
+ + htab->sgotplt->output_offset
+ + plt_index * 4);
+
+ /* Calculate the value of _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
+ got_value = (htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
+ + htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.section->output_offset
+ + htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.value);
+
+ return got_address - got_value;
}
-/* Returns the GOT offset at which the indicated address can be found.
- If there is not yet a GOT entry for this value, create one. Returns
- -1 if no satisfactory GOT offset can be found. */
+/* Return the GOT offset for address VALUE. If there is not yet a GOT
+ entry for this value, create one. If R_SYMNDX refers to a TLS symbol,
+ create a TLS GOT entry instead. Return -1 if no satisfactory GOT
+ offset can be found. */
static bfd_vma
mips_elf_local_got_index (bfd *abfd, bfd *ibfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
- bfd_vma value)
+ bfd_vma value, unsigned long r_symndx,
+ struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h, int r_type)
{
- asection *sgot;
- struct mips_got_info *g;
+ struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
struct mips_got_entry *entry;
- g = mips_elf_got_info (elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj, &sgot);
+ htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
+ BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
- entry = mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd, ibfd, g, sgot, value);
- if (entry)
- return entry->gotidx;
- else
+ entry = mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd, info, ibfd, value,
+ r_symndx, h, r_type);
+ if (!entry)
return MINUS_ONE;
+
+ if (TLS_RELOC_P (r_type))
+ {
+ if (entry->symndx == -1 && htab->got_info->next == NULL)
+ /* A type (3) entry in the single-GOT case. We use the symbol's
+ hash table entry to track the index. */
+ return mips_tls_got_index (abfd, h->tls_got_offset, &h->tls_type,
+ r_type, info, h, value);
+ else
+ return mips_tls_got_index (abfd, entry->gotidx, &entry->tls_type,
+ r_type, info, h, value);
+ }
+ else
+ return entry->gotidx;
}
/* Returns the GOT index for the global symbol indicated by H. */
static bfd_vma
-mips_elf_global_got_index (bfd *abfd, bfd *ibfd, struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
+mips_elf_global_got_index (bfd *abfd, bfd *ibfd, struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
+ int r_type, struct bfd_link_info *info)
{
- bfd_vma index;
- asection *sgot;
+ struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
+ bfd_vma got_index;
struct mips_got_info *g, *gg;
long global_got_dynindx = 0;
- gg = g = mips_elf_got_info (abfd, &sgot);
+ htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
+ BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
+
+ gg = g = htab->got_info;
if (g->bfd2got && ibfd)
{
struct mips_got_entry e, *p;
BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx >= 0);
g = mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (g, ibfd);
- if (g->next != gg)
+ if (g->next != gg || TLS_RELOC_P (r_type))
{
e.abfd = ibfd;
e.symndx = -1;
e.d.h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *)h;
+ e.tls_type = 0;
p = htab_find (g->got_entries, &e);
BFD_ASSERT (p->gotidx > 0);
- return p->gotidx;
+
+ if (TLS_RELOC_P (r_type))
+ {
+ bfd_vma value = MINUS_ONE;
+ if ((h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
+ || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
+ && h->root.u.def.section->output_section)
+ value = (h->root.u.def.value
+ + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset
+ + h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma);
+
+ return mips_tls_got_index (abfd, p->gotidx, &p->tls_type, r_type,
+ info, e.d.h, value);
+ }
+ else
+ return p->gotidx;
}
}
if (gg->global_gotsym != NULL)
global_got_dynindx = gg->global_gotsym->dynindx;
- /* Once we determine the global GOT entry with the lowest dynamic
- symbol table index, we must put all dynamic symbols with greater
- indices into the GOT. That makes it easy to calculate the GOT
- offset. */
- BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx >= global_got_dynindx);
- index = ((h->dynindx - global_got_dynindx + g->local_gotno)
- * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd));
- BFD_ASSERT (index < sgot->size);
+ if (TLS_RELOC_P (r_type))
+ {
+ struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hm
+ = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
+ bfd_vma value = MINUS_ONE;
+
+ if ((h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
+ || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
+ && h->root.u.def.section->output_section)
+ value = (h->root.u.def.value
+ + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset
+ + h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma);
+
+ got_index = mips_tls_got_index (abfd, hm->tls_got_offset, &hm->tls_type,
+ r_type, info, hm, value);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Once we determine the global GOT entry with the lowest dynamic
+ symbol table index, we must put all dynamic symbols with greater
+ indices into the GOT. That makes it easy to calculate the GOT
+ offset. */
+ BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx >= global_got_dynindx);
+ got_index = ((h->dynindx - global_got_dynindx + g->local_gotno)
+ * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd));
+ }
+ BFD_ASSERT (got_index < htab->sgot->size);
- return index;
+ return got_index;
}
-/* Find a GOT entry that is within 32KB of the VALUE. These entries
- are supposed to be placed at small offsets in the GOT, i.e.,
- within 32KB of GP. Return the index into the GOT for this page,
- and store the offset from this entry to the desired address in
- OFFSETP, if it is non-NULL. */
+/* Find a GOT page entry that points to within 32KB of VALUE. These
+ entries are supposed to be placed at small offsets in the GOT, i.e.,
+ within 32KB of GP. Return the index of the GOT entry, or -1 if no
+ entry could be created. If OFFSETP is nonnull, use it to return the
+ offset of the GOT entry from VALUE. */
static bfd_vma
mips_elf_got_page (bfd *abfd, bfd *ibfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
bfd_vma value, bfd_vma *offsetp)
{
- asection *sgot;
- struct mips_got_info *g;
- bfd_vma index;
+ bfd_vma page, got_index;
struct mips_got_entry *entry;
- g = mips_elf_got_info (elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj, &sgot);
-
- entry = mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd, ibfd, g, sgot,
- (value + 0x8000)
- & (~(bfd_vma)0xffff));
+ page = (value + 0x8000) & ~(bfd_vma) 0xffff;
+ entry = mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd, info, ibfd, page, 0,
+ NULL, R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE);
if (!entry)
return MINUS_ONE;
- index = entry->gotidx;
+ got_index = entry->gotidx;
if (offsetp)
*offsetp = value - entry->d.address;
- return index;
+ return got_index;
}
-/* Find a GOT entry whose higher-order 16 bits are the same as those
- for value. Return the index into the GOT for this entry. */
+/* Find a local GOT entry for an R_MIPS*_GOT16 relocation against VALUE.
+ EXTERNAL is true if the relocation was originally against a global
+ symbol that binds locally. */
static bfd_vma
mips_elf_got16_entry (bfd *abfd, bfd *ibfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
bfd_vma value, bfd_boolean external)
{
- asection *sgot;
- struct mips_got_info *g;
struct mips_got_entry *entry;
+ /* GOT16 relocations against local symbols are followed by a LO16
+ relocation; those against global symbols are not. Thus if the
+ symbol was originally local, the GOT16 relocation should load the
+ equivalent of %hi(VALUE), otherwise it should load VALUE itself. */
if (! external)
- {
- /* Although the ABI says that it is "the high-order 16 bits" that we
- want, it is really the %high value. The complete value is
- calculated with a `addiu' of a LO16 relocation, just as with a
- HI16/LO16 pair. */
- value = mips_elf_high (value) << 16;
- }
+ value = mips_elf_high (value) << 16;
- g = mips_elf_got_info (elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj, &sgot);
-
- entry = mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd, ibfd, g, sgot, value);
+ /* It doesn't matter whether the original relocation was R_MIPS_GOT16,
+ R_MIPS16_GOT16, R_MIPS_CALL16, etc. The format of the entry is the
+ same in all cases. */
+ entry = mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd, info, ibfd, value, 0,
+ NULL, R_MIPS_GOT16);
if (entry)
return entry->gotidx;
else
in the GOT. */
static bfd_vma
-mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (bfd *dynobj, bfd *output_bfd,
- bfd *input_bfd, bfd_vma index)
+mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (struct bfd_link_info *info, bfd *output_bfd,
+ bfd *input_bfd, bfd_vma got_index)
{
+ struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
asection *sgot;
bfd_vma gp;
- struct mips_got_info *g;
- g = mips_elf_got_info (dynobj, &sgot);
+ htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
+ BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
+
+ sgot = htab->sgot;
gp = _bfd_get_gp_value (output_bfd)
- + mips_elf_adjust_gp (output_bfd, g, input_bfd);
+ + mips_elf_adjust_gp (output_bfd, htab->got_info, input_bfd);
- return sgot->output_section->vma + sgot->output_offset + index - gp;
+ return sgot->output_section->vma + sgot->output_offset + got_index - gp;
}
-/* Create a local GOT entry for VALUE. Return the index of the entry,
- or -1 if it could not be created. */
+/* Create and return a local GOT entry for VALUE, which was calculated
+ from a symbol belonging to INPUT_SECTON. Return NULL if it could not
+ be created. If R_SYMNDX refers to a TLS symbol, create a TLS entry
+ instead. */
static struct mips_got_entry *
-mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (bfd *abfd, bfd *ibfd,
- struct mips_got_info *gg,
- asection *sgot, bfd_vma value)
+mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
+ bfd *ibfd, bfd_vma value,
+ unsigned long r_symndx,
+ struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h,
+ int r_type)
{
struct mips_got_entry entry, **loc;
struct mips_got_info *g;
+ struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
+
+ htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
+ BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
entry.abfd = NULL;
entry.symndx = -1;
entry.d.address = value;
+ entry.tls_type = 0;
- g = mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (gg, ibfd);
+ g = mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (htab->got_info, ibfd);
if (g == NULL)
{
- g = mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (gg, abfd);
+ g = mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (htab->got_info, abfd);
BFD_ASSERT (g != NULL);
}
+ /* This function shouldn't be called for symbols that live in the global
+ area of the GOT. */
+ BFD_ASSERT (h == NULL || h->global_got_area == GGA_NONE);
+ if (TLS_RELOC_P (r_type))
+ {
+ struct mips_got_entry *p;
+
+ entry.abfd = ibfd;
+ if (tls_ldm_reloc_p (r_type))
+ {
+ entry.tls_type = GOT_TLS_LDM;
+ entry.symndx = 0;
+ entry.d.addend = 0;
+ }
+ else if (h == NULL)
+ {
+ entry.symndx = r_symndx;
+ entry.d.addend = 0;
+ }
+ else
+ entry.d.h = h;
+
+ p = (struct mips_got_entry *)
+ htab_find (g->got_entries, &entry);
+
+ BFD_ASSERT (p);
+ return p;
+ }
+
loc = (struct mips_got_entry **) htab_find_slot (g->got_entries, &entry,
INSERT);
if (*loc)
return *loc;
entry.gotidx = MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd) * g->assigned_gotno++;
+ entry.tls_type = 0;
*loc = (struct mips_got_entry *)bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof entry);
memcpy (*loc, &entry, sizeof entry);
- if (g->assigned_gotno >= g->local_gotno)
+ if (g->assigned_gotno > g->local_gotno)
{
(*loc)->gotidx = -1;
/* We didn't allocate enough space in the GOT. */
}
MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd, value,
- (sgot->contents + entry.gotidx));
+ (htab->sgot->contents + entry.gotidx));
+
+ /* These GOT entries need a dynamic relocation on VxWorks. */
+ if (htab->is_vxworks)
+ {
+ Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
+ asection *s;
+ bfd_byte *rloc;
+ bfd_vma got_address;
+
+ s = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, FALSE);
+ got_address = (htab->sgot->output_section->vma
+ + htab->sgot->output_offset
+ + entry.gotidx);
+
+ rloc = s->contents + (s->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela));
+ outrel.r_offset = got_address;
+ outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF, R_MIPS_32);
+ outrel.r_addend = value;
+ bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (abfd, &outrel, rloc);
+ }
return *loc;
}
+/* Return the number of dynamic section symbols required by OUTPUT_BFD.
+ The number might be exact or a worst-case estimate, depending on how
+ much information is available to elf_backend_omit_section_dynsym at
+ the current linking stage. */
+
+static bfd_size_type
+count_section_dynsyms (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
+{
+ bfd_size_type count;
+
+ count = 0;
+ if (info->shared || elf_hash_table (info)->is_relocatable_executable)
+ {
+ asection *p;
+ const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
+
+ bed = get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd);
+ for (p = output_bfd->sections; p ; p = p->next)
+ if ((p->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) == 0
+ && (p->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
+ && !(*bed->elf_backend_omit_section_dynsym) (output_bfd, info, p))
+ ++count;
+ }
+ return count;
+}
+
/* Sort the dynamic symbol table so that symbols that need GOT entries
- appear towards the end. This reduces the amount of GOT space
- required. MAX_LOCAL is used to set the number of local symbols
- known to be in the dynamic symbol table. During
- _bfd_mips_elf_size_dynamic_sections, this value is 1. Afterward, the
- section symbols are added and the count is higher. */
+ appear towards the end. */
static bfd_boolean
-mips_elf_sort_hash_table (struct bfd_link_info *info, unsigned long max_local)
+mips_elf_sort_hash_table (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
{
+ struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data hsd;
struct mips_got_info *g;
- bfd *dynobj;
- dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
+ if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynsymcount == 0)
+ return TRUE;
+
+ htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
+ BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
- g = mips_elf_got_info (dynobj, NULL);
+ g = htab->got_info;
+ if (g == NULL)
+ return TRUE;
hsd.low = NULL;
- hsd.max_unref_got_dynindx =
- hsd.min_got_dynindx = elf_hash_table (info)->dynsymcount
- /* In the multi-got case, assigned_gotno of the master got_info
- indicate the number of entries that aren't referenced in the
- primary GOT, but that must have entries because there are
- dynamic relocations that reference it. Since they aren't
- referenced, we move them to the end of the GOT, so that they
- don't prevent other entries that are referenced from getting
- too large offsets. */
- - (g->next ? g->assigned_gotno : 0);
- hsd.max_non_got_dynindx = max_local;
+ hsd.max_unref_got_dynindx
+ = hsd.min_got_dynindx
+ = (elf_hash_table (info)->dynsymcount - g->reloc_only_gotno);
+ hsd.max_non_got_dynindx = count_section_dynsyms (abfd, info) + 1;
mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (((struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *)
elf_hash_table (info)),
mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f,
/* There should have been enough room in the symbol table to
accommodate both the GOT and non-GOT symbols. */
BFD_ASSERT (hsd.max_non_got_dynindx <= hsd.min_got_dynindx);
- BFD_ASSERT ((unsigned long)hsd.max_unref_got_dynindx
- <= elf_hash_table (info)->dynsymcount);
+ BFD_ASSERT ((unsigned long) hsd.max_unref_got_dynindx
+ == elf_hash_table (info)->dynsymcount);
+ BFD_ASSERT (elf_hash_table (info)->dynsymcount - hsd.min_got_dynindx
+ == g->global_gotno);
/* Now we know which dynamic symbol has the lowest dynamic symbol
table index in the GOT. */
{
struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data *hsd = data;
- if (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
- h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.root.u.i.link;
-
/* Symbols without dynamic symbol table entries aren't interesting
at all. */
if (h->root.dynindx == -1)
return TRUE;
- /* Global symbols that need GOT entries that are not explicitly
- referenced are marked with got offset 2. Those that are
- referenced get a 1, and those that don't need GOT entries get
- -1. */
- if (h->root.got.offset == 2)
+ switch (h->global_got_area)
{
+ case GGA_NONE:
+ h->root.dynindx = hsd->max_non_got_dynindx++;
+ break;
+
+ case GGA_NORMAL:
+ BFD_ASSERT (h->tls_type == GOT_NORMAL);
+
+ h->root.dynindx = --hsd->min_got_dynindx;
+ hsd->low = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
+ break;
+
+ case GGA_RELOC_ONLY:
+ BFD_ASSERT (h->tls_type == GOT_NORMAL);
+
if (hsd->max_unref_got_dynindx == hsd->min_got_dynindx)
hsd->low = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
h->root.dynindx = hsd->max_unref_got_dynindx++;
- }
- else if (h->root.got.offset != 1)
- h->root.dynindx = hsd->max_non_got_dynindx++;
- else
- {
- h->root.dynindx = --hsd->min_got_dynindx;
- hsd->low = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
+ break;
}
return TRUE;
/* If H is a symbol that needs a global GOT entry, but has a dynamic
symbol table index lower than any we've seen to date, record it for
- posterity. */
+ posterity. FOR_CALL is true if the caller is only interested in
+ using the GOT entry for calls. */
static bfd_boolean
mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
- struct mips_got_info *g)
+ bfd_boolean for_call,
+ unsigned char tls_flag)
{
+ struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
+ struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hmips;
struct mips_got_entry entry, **loc;
+ struct mips_got_info *g;
+
+ htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
+ BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
+
+ hmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
+ if (!for_call)
+ hmips->got_only_for_calls = FALSE;
/* A global symbol in the GOT must also be in the dynamic symbol
table. */
{
case STV_INTERNAL:
case STV_HIDDEN:
- _bfd_mips_elf_hide_symbol (info, h, TRUE);
+ _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (info, h, TRUE);
break;
}
if (!bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
return FALSE;
}
+ /* Make sure we have a GOT to put this entry into. */
+ g = htab->got_info;
+ BFD_ASSERT (g != NULL);
+
entry.abfd = abfd;
entry.symndx = -1;
entry.d.h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
+ entry.tls_type = 0;
loc = (struct mips_got_entry **) htab_find_slot (g->got_entries, &entry,
INSERT);
/* If we've already marked this entry as needing GOT space, we don't
need to do it again. */
if (*loc)
- return TRUE;
+ {
+ (*loc)->tls_type |= tls_flag;
+ return TRUE;
+ }
*loc = (struct mips_got_entry *)bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof entry);
return FALSE;
entry.gotidx = -1;
- memcpy (*loc, &entry, sizeof entry);
+ entry.tls_type = tls_flag;
- if (h->got.offset != MINUS_ONE)
- return TRUE;
+ memcpy (*loc, &entry, sizeof entry);
- /* By setting this to a value other than -1, we are indicating that
- there needs to be a GOT entry for H. Avoid using zero, as the
- generic ELF copy_indirect_symbol tests for <= 0. */
- h->got.offset = 1;
+ if (tls_flag == 0)
+ hmips->global_got_area = GGA_NORMAL;
return TRUE;
}
static bfd_boolean
mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol (bfd *abfd, long symndx, bfd_vma addend,
- struct mips_got_info *g)
+ struct bfd_link_info *info,
+ unsigned char tls_flag)
{
+ struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
+ struct mips_got_info *g;
struct mips_got_entry entry, **loc;
+ htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
+ BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
+
+ g = htab->got_info;
+ BFD_ASSERT (g != NULL);
+
entry.abfd = abfd;
entry.symndx = symndx;
entry.d.addend = addend;
+ entry.tls_type = tls_flag;
loc = (struct mips_got_entry **)
htab_find_slot (g->got_entries, &entry, INSERT);
if (*loc)
- return TRUE;
+ {
+ if (tls_flag == GOT_TLS_GD && !((*loc)->tls_type & GOT_TLS_GD))
+ {
+ g->tls_gotno += 2;
+ (*loc)->tls_type |= tls_flag;
+ }
+ else if (tls_flag == GOT_TLS_IE && !((*loc)->tls_type & GOT_TLS_IE))
+ {
+ g->tls_gotno += 1;
+ (*loc)->tls_type |= tls_flag;
+ }
+ return TRUE;
+ }
- entry.gotidx = g->local_gotno++;
+ if (tls_flag != 0)
+ {
+ entry.gotidx = -1;
+ entry.tls_type = tls_flag;
+ if (tls_flag == GOT_TLS_IE)
+ g->tls_gotno += 1;
+ else if (tls_flag == GOT_TLS_GD)
+ g->tls_gotno += 2;
+ else if (g->tls_ldm_offset == MINUS_ONE)
+ {
+ g->tls_ldm_offset = MINUS_TWO;
+ g->tls_gotno += 2;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ entry.gotidx = g->local_gotno++;
+ entry.tls_type = 0;
+ }
*loc = (struct mips_got_entry *)bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof entry);
return TRUE;
}
-\f
-/* Compute the hash value of the bfd in a bfd2got hash entry. */
-static hashval_t
-mips_elf_bfd2got_entry_hash (const void *entry_)
-{
- const struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *entry
- = (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *)entry_;
+/* Return the maximum number of GOT page entries required for RANGE. */
- return entry->bfd->id;
+static bfd_vma
+mips_elf_pages_for_range (const struct mips_got_page_range *range)
+{
+ return (range->max_addend - range->min_addend + 0x1ffff) >> 16;
}
-/* Check whether two hash entries have the same bfd. */
+/* Record that ABFD has a page relocation against symbol SYMNDX and
+ that ADDEND is the addend for that relocation.
-static int
-mips_elf_bfd2got_entry_eq (const void *entry1, const void *entry2)
-{
+ This function creates an upper bound on the number of GOT slots
+ required; no attempt is made to combine references to non-overridable
+ global symbols across multiple input files. */
+
+static bfd_boolean
+mips_elf_record_got_page_entry (struct bfd_link_info *info, bfd *abfd,
+ long symndx, bfd_signed_vma addend)
+{
+ struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
+ struct mips_got_info *g;
+ struct mips_got_page_entry lookup, *entry;
+ struct mips_got_page_range **range_ptr, *range;
+ bfd_vma old_pages, new_pages;
+ void **loc;
+
+ htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
+ BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
+
+ g = htab->got_info;
+ BFD_ASSERT (g != NULL);
+
+ /* Find the mips_got_page_entry hash table entry for this symbol. */
+ lookup.abfd = abfd;
+ lookup.symndx = symndx;
+ loc = htab_find_slot (g->got_page_entries, &lookup, INSERT);
+ if (loc == NULL)
+ return FALSE;
+
+ /* Create a mips_got_page_entry if this is the first time we've
+ seen the symbol. */
+ entry = (struct mips_got_page_entry *) *loc;
+ if (!entry)
+ {
+ entry = bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof (*entry));
+ if (!entry)
+ return FALSE;
+
+ entry->abfd = abfd;
+ entry->symndx = symndx;
+ entry->ranges = NULL;
+ entry->num_pages = 0;
+ *loc = entry;
+ }
+
+ /* Skip over ranges whose maximum extent cannot share a page entry
+ with ADDEND. */
+ range_ptr = &entry->ranges;
+ while (*range_ptr && addend > (*range_ptr)->max_addend + 0xffff)
+ range_ptr = &(*range_ptr)->next;
+
+ /* If we scanned to the end of the list, or found a range whose
+ minimum extent cannot share a page entry with ADDEND, create
+ a new singleton range. */
+ range = *range_ptr;
+ if (!range || addend < range->min_addend - 0xffff)
+ {
+ range = bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof (*range));
+ if (!range)
+ return FALSE;
+
+ range->next = *range_ptr;
+ range->min_addend = addend;
+ range->max_addend = addend;
+
+ *range_ptr = range;
+ entry->num_pages++;
+ g->page_gotno++;
+ return TRUE;
+ }
+
+ /* Remember how many pages the old range contributed. */
+ old_pages = mips_elf_pages_for_range (range);
+
+ /* Update the ranges. */
+ if (addend < range->min_addend)
+ range->min_addend = addend;
+ else if (addend > range->max_addend)
+ {
+ if (range->next && addend >= range->next->min_addend - 0xffff)
+ {
+ old_pages += mips_elf_pages_for_range (range->next);
+ range->max_addend = range->next->max_addend;
+ range->next = range->next->next;
+ }
+ else
+ range->max_addend = addend;
+ }
+
+ /* Record any change in the total estimate. */
+ new_pages = mips_elf_pages_for_range (range);
+ if (old_pages != new_pages)
+ {
+ entry->num_pages += new_pages - old_pages;
+ g->page_gotno += new_pages - old_pages;
+ }
+
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+/* Add room for N relocations to the .rel(a).dyn section in ABFD. */
+
+static void
+mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
+ unsigned int n)
+{
+ asection *s;
+ struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
+
+ htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
+ BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
+
+ s = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, FALSE);
+ BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
+
+ if (htab->is_vxworks)
+ s->size += n * MIPS_ELF_RELA_SIZE (abfd);
+ else
+ {
+ if (s->size == 0)
+ {
+ /* Make room for a null element. */
+ s->size += MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (abfd);
+ ++s->reloc_count;
+ }
+ s->size += n * MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (abfd);
+ }
+}
+\f
+/* A htab_traverse callback for GOT entries. Set boolean *DATA to true
+ if the GOT entry is for an indirect or warning symbol. */
+
+static int
+mips_elf_check_recreate_got (void **entryp, void *data)
+{
+ struct mips_got_entry *entry;
+ bfd_boolean *must_recreate;
+
+ entry = (struct mips_got_entry *) *entryp;
+ must_recreate = (bfd_boolean *) data;
+ if (entry->abfd != NULL && entry->symndx == -1)
+ {
+ struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h;
+
+ h = entry->d.h;
+ if (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
+ || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
+ {
+ *must_recreate = TRUE;
+ return 0;
+ }
+ }
+ return 1;
+}
+
+/* A htab_traverse callback for GOT entries. Add all entries to
+ hash table *DATA, converting entries for indirect and warning
+ symbols into entries for the target symbol. Set *DATA to null
+ on error. */
+
+static int
+mips_elf_recreate_got (void **entryp, void *data)
+{
+ htab_t *new_got;
+ struct mips_got_entry *entry;
+ void **slot;
+
+ new_got = (htab_t *) data;
+ entry = (struct mips_got_entry *) *entryp;
+ if (entry->abfd != NULL && entry->symndx == -1)
+ {
+ struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h;
+
+ h = entry->d.h;
+ while (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
+ || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
+ {
+ BFD_ASSERT (h->global_got_area == GGA_NONE);
+ h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.root.u.i.link;
+ }
+ entry->d.h = h;
+ }
+ slot = htab_find_slot (*new_got, entry, INSERT);
+ if (slot == NULL)
+ {
+ *new_got = NULL;
+ return 0;
+ }
+ if (*slot == NULL)
+ *slot = entry;
+ else
+ free (entry);
+ return 1;
+}
+
+/* If any entries in G->got_entries are for indirect or warning symbols,
+ replace them with entries for the target symbol. */
+
+static bfd_boolean
+mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (struct mips_got_info *g)
+{
+ bfd_boolean must_recreate;
+ htab_t new_got;
+
+ must_recreate = FALSE;
+ htab_traverse (g->got_entries, mips_elf_check_recreate_got, &must_recreate);
+ if (must_recreate)
+ {
+ new_got = htab_create (htab_size (g->got_entries),
+ mips_elf_got_entry_hash,
+ mips_elf_got_entry_eq, NULL);
+ htab_traverse (g->got_entries, mips_elf_recreate_got, &new_got);
+ if (new_got == NULL)
+ return FALSE;
+
+ /* Each entry in g->got_entries has either been copied to new_got
+ or freed. Now delete the hash table itself. */
+ htab_delete (g->got_entries);
+ g->got_entries = new_got;
+ }
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+/* A mips_elf_link_hash_traverse callback for which DATA points
+ to the link_info structure. Count the number of type (3) entries
+ in the master GOT. */
+
+static int
+mips_elf_count_got_symbols (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *data)
+{
+ struct bfd_link_info *info;
+ struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
+ struct mips_got_info *g;
+
+ info = (struct bfd_link_info *) data;
+ htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
+ g = htab->got_info;
+ if (h->global_got_area != GGA_NONE)
+ {
+ /* Make a final decision about whether the symbol belongs in the
+ local or global GOT. Symbols that bind locally can (and in the
+ case of forced-local symbols, must) live in the local GOT.
+ Those that are aren't in the dynamic symbol table must also
+ live in the local GOT.
+
+ Note that the former condition does not always imply the
+ latter: symbols do not bind locally if they are completely
+ undefined. We'll report undefined symbols later if appropriate. */
+ if (h->root.dynindx == -1
+ || (h->got_only_for_calls
+ ? SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, &h->root)
+ : SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, &h->root)))
+ {
+ /* The symbol belongs in the local GOT. We no longer need this
+ entry if it was only used for relocations; those relocations
+ will be against the null or section symbol instead of H. */
+ if (h->global_got_area != GGA_RELOC_ONLY)
+ g->local_gotno++;
+ h->global_got_area = GGA_NONE;
+ }
+ else if (htab->is_vxworks
+ && h->got_only_for_calls
+ && h->root.plt.offset != MINUS_ONE)
+ /* On VxWorks, calls can refer directly to the .got.plt entry;
+ they don't need entries in the regular GOT. .got.plt entries
+ will be allocated by _bfd_mips_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol. */
+ h->global_got_area = GGA_NONE;
+ else
+ {
+ g->global_gotno++;
+ if (h->global_got_area == GGA_RELOC_ONLY)
+ g->reloc_only_gotno++;
+ }
+ }
+ return 1;
+}
+\f
+/* Compute the hash value of the bfd in a bfd2got hash entry. */
+
+static hashval_t
+mips_elf_bfd2got_entry_hash (const void *entry_)
+{
+ const struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *entry
+ = (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *)entry_;
+
+ return entry->bfd->id;
+}
+
+/* Check whether two hash entries have the same bfd. */
+
+static int
+mips_elf_bfd2got_entry_eq (const void *entry1, const void *entry2)
+{
const struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *e1
= (const struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *)entry1;
const struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *e2
return e1->bfd == e2->bfd;
}
-/* In a multi-got link, determine the GOT to be used for IBDF. G must
+/* In a multi-got link, determine the GOT to be used for IBFD. G must
be the master GOT data. */
static struct mips_got_info *
return p ? p->g : NULL;
}
-/* Create one separate got for each bfd that has entries in the global
- got, such that we can tell how many local and global entries each
- bfd requires. */
+/* Use BFD2GOT to find ABFD's got entry, creating one if none exists.
+ Return NULL if an error occured. */
-static int
-mips_elf_make_got_per_bfd (void **entryp, void *p)
+static struct mips_got_info *
+mips_elf_get_got_for_bfd (struct htab *bfd2got, bfd *output_bfd,
+ bfd *input_bfd)
{
- struct mips_got_entry *entry = (struct mips_got_entry *)*entryp;
- struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg *arg = (struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg *)p;
- htab_t bfd2got = arg->bfd2got;
- struct mips_got_info *g;
struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash bfdgot_entry, *bfdgot;
+ struct mips_got_info *g;
void **bfdgotp;
- /* Find the got_info for this GOT entry's input bfd. Create one if
- none exists. */
- bfdgot_entry.bfd = entry->abfd;
+ bfdgot_entry.bfd = input_bfd;
bfdgotp = htab_find_slot (bfd2got, &bfdgot_entry, INSERT);
- bfdgot = (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *)*bfdgotp;
+ bfdgot = (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *) *bfdgotp;
- if (bfdgot != NULL)
- g = bfdgot->g;
- else
+ if (bfdgot == NULL)
{
- bfdgot = (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *)bfd_alloc
- (arg->obfd, sizeof (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash));
-
+ bfdgot = ((struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *)
+ bfd_alloc (output_bfd, sizeof (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash)));
if (bfdgot == NULL)
- {
- arg->obfd = 0;
- return 0;
- }
+ return NULL;
*bfdgotp = bfdgot;
- bfdgot->bfd = entry->abfd;
- bfdgot->g = g = (struct mips_got_info *)
- bfd_alloc (arg->obfd, sizeof (struct mips_got_info));
+ g = ((struct mips_got_info *)
+ bfd_alloc (output_bfd, sizeof (struct mips_got_info)));
if (g == NULL)
- {
- arg->obfd = 0;
- return 0;
- }
+ return NULL;
+
+ bfdgot->bfd = input_bfd;
+ bfdgot->g = g;
g->global_gotsym = NULL;
g->global_gotno = 0;
+ g->reloc_only_gotno = 0;
g->local_gotno = 0;
+ g->page_gotno = 0;
g->assigned_gotno = -1;
+ g->tls_gotno = 0;
+ g->tls_assigned_gotno = 0;
+ g->tls_ldm_offset = MINUS_ONE;
g->got_entries = htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_multi_got_entry_hash,
mips_elf_multi_got_entry_eq, NULL);
if (g->got_entries == NULL)
- {
- arg->obfd = 0;
- return 0;
- }
+ return NULL;
+
+ g->got_page_entries = htab_try_create (1, mips_got_page_entry_hash,
+ mips_got_page_entry_eq, NULL);
+ if (g->got_page_entries == NULL)
+ return NULL;
g->bfd2got = NULL;
g->next = NULL;
}
+ return bfdgot->g;
+}
+
+/* A htab_traverse callback for the entries in the master got.
+ Create one separate got for each bfd that has entries in the global
+ got, such that we can tell how many local and global entries each
+ bfd requires. */
+
+static int
+mips_elf_make_got_per_bfd (void **entryp, void *p)
+{
+ struct mips_got_entry *entry = (struct mips_got_entry *)*entryp;
+ struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg *arg = (struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg *)p;
+ struct mips_got_info *g;
+
+ g = mips_elf_get_got_for_bfd (arg->bfd2got, arg->obfd, entry->abfd);
+ if (g == NULL)
+ {
+ arg->obfd = NULL;
+ return 0;
+ }
+
/* Insert the GOT entry in the bfd's got entry hash table. */
entryp = htab_find_slot (g->got_entries, entry, INSERT);
if (*entryp != NULL)
*entryp = entry;
- if (entry->symndx >= 0 || entry->d.h->forced_local)
+ if (entry->tls_type)
+ {
+ if (entry->tls_type & (GOT_TLS_GD | GOT_TLS_LDM))
+ g->tls_gotno += 2;
+ if (entry->tls_type & GOT_TLS_IE)
+ g->tls_gotno += 1;
+ }
+ else if (entry->symndx >= 0 || entry->d.h->global_got_area == GGA_NONE)
++g->local_gotno;
else
++g->global_gotno;
return 1;
}
+/* A htab_traverse callback for the page entries in the master got.
+ Associate each page entry with the bfd's got. */
+
+static int
+mips_elf_make_got_pages_per_bfd (void **entryp, void *p)
+{
+ struct mips_got_page_entry *entry = (struct mips_got_page_entry *) *entryp;
+ struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg *arg = (struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg *) p;
+ struct mips_got_info *g;
+
+ g = mips_elf_get_got_for_bfd (arg->bfd2got, arg->obfd, entry->abfd);
+ if (g == NULL)
+ {
+ arg->obfd = NULL;
+ return 0;
+ }
+
+ /* Insert the GOT entry in the bfd's got entry hash table. */
+ entryp = htab_find_slot (g->got_page_entries, entry, INSERT);
+ if (*entryp != NULL)
+ return 1;
+
+ *entryp = entry;
+ g->page_gotno += entry->num_pages;
+ return 1;
+}
+
+/* Consider merging the got described by BFD2GOT with TO, using the
+ information given by ARG. Return -1 if this would lead to overflow,
+ 1 if they were merged successfully, and 0 if a merge failed due to
+ lack of memory. (These values are chosen so that nonnegative return
+ values can be returned by a htab_traverse callback.) */
+
+static int
+mips_elf_merge_got_with (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *bfd2got,
+ struct mips_got_info *to,
+ struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg *arg)
+{
+ struct mips_got_info *from = bfd2got->g;
+ unsigned int estimate;
+
+ /* Work out how many page entries we would need for the combined GOT. */
+ estimate = arg->max_pages;
+ if (estimate >= from->page_gotno + to->page_gotno)
+ estimate = from->page_gotno + to->page_gotno;
+
+ /* And conservatively estimate how many local and TLS entries
+ would be needed. */
+ estimate += from->local_gotno + to->local_gotno;
+ estimate += from->tls_gotno + to->tls_gotno;
+
+ /* If we're merging with the primary got, we will always have
+ the full set of global entries. Otherwise estimate those
+ conservatively as well. */
+ if (to == arg->primary)
+ estimate += arg->global_count;
+ else
+ estimate += from->global_gotno + to->global_gotno;
+
+ /* Bail out if the combined GOT might be too big. */
+ if (estimate > arg->max_count)
+ return -1;
+
+ /* Commit to the merge. Record that TO is now the bfd for this got. */
+ bfd2got->g = to;
+
+ /* Transfer the bfd's got information from FROM to TO. */
+ htab_traverse (from->got_entries, mips_elf_make_got_per_bfd, arg);
+ if (arg->obfd == NULL)
+ return 0;
+
+ htab_traverse (from->got_page_entries, mips_elf_make_got_pages_per_bfd, arg);
+ if (arg->obfd == NULL)
+ return 0;
+
+ /* We don't have to worry about releasing memory of the actual
+ got entries, since they're all in the master got_entries hash
+ table anyway. */
+ htab_delete (from->got_entries);
+ htab_delete (from->got_page_entries);
+ return 1;
+}
+
/* Attempt to merge gots of different input bfds. Try to use as much
as possible of the primary got, since it doesn't require explicit
dynamic relocations, but don't use bfds that would reference global
struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *bfd2got
= (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *)*bfd2got_;
struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg *arg = (struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg *)p;
- unsigned int lcount = bfd2got->g->local_gotno;
- unsigned int gcount = bfd2got->g->global_gotno;
- unsigned int maxcnt = arg->max_count;
-
- /* If we don't have a primary GOT and this is not too big, use it as
- a starting point for the primary GOT. */
- if (! arg->primary && lcount + gcount <= maxcnt)
- {
- arg->primary = bfd2got->g;
- arg->primary_count = lcount + gcount;
- }
- /* If it looks like we can merge this bfd's entries with those of
- the primary, merge them. The heuristics is conservative, but we
- don't have to squeeze it too hard. */
- else if (arg->primary
- && (arg->primary_count + lcount + gcount) <= maxcnt)
- {
- struct mips_got_info *g = bfd2got->g;
- int old_lcount = arg->primary->local_gotno;
- int old_gcount = arg->primary->global_gotno;
+ struct mips_got_info *g;
+ unsigned int estimate;
+ int result;
- bfd2got->g = arg->primary;
+ g = bfd2got->g;
- htab_traverse (g->got_entries,
- mips_elf_make_got_per_bfd,
- arg);
- if (arg->obfd == NULL)
- return 0;
+ /* Work out the number of page, local and TLS entries. */
+ estimate = arg->max_pages;
+ if (estimate > g->page_gotno)
+ estimate = g->page_gotno;
+ estimate += g->local_gotno + g->tls_gotno;
- htab_delete (g->got_entries);
- /* We don't have to worry about releasing memory of the actual
- got entries, since they're all in the master got_entries hash
- table anyway. */
+ /* We place TLS GOT entries after both locals and globals. The globals
+ for the primary GOT may overflow the normal GOT size limit, so be
+ sure not to merge a GOT which requires TLS with the primary GOT in that
+ case. This doesn't affect non-primary GOTs. */
+ estimate += (g->tls_gotno > 0 ? arg->global_count : g->global_gotno);
- BFD_ASSERT (old_lcount + lcount >= arg->primary->local_gotno);
- BFD_ASSERT (old_gcount + gcount >= arg->primary->global_gotno);
+ if (estimate <= arg->max_count)
+ {
+ /* If we don't have a primary GOT, use it as
+ a starting point for the primary GOT. */
+ if (!arg->primary)
+ {
+ arg->primary = bfd2got->g;
+ return 1;
+ }
- arg->primary_count = arg->primary->local_gotno
- + arg->primary->global_gotno;
+ /* Try merging with the primary GOT. */
+ result = mips_elf_merge_got_with (bfd2got, arg->primary, arg);
+ if (result >= 0)
+ return result;
}
+
/* If we can merge with the last-created got, do it. */
- else if (arg->current
- && arg->current_count + lcount + gcount <= maxcnt)
+ if (arg->current)
{
- struct mips_got_info *g = bfd2got->g;
- int old_lcount = arg->current->local_gotno;
- int old_gcount = arg->current->global_gotno;
+ result = mips_elf_merge_got_with (bfd2got, arg->current, arg);
+ if (result >= 0)
+ return result;
+ }
+
+ /* Well, we couldn't merge, so create a new GOT. Don't check if it
+ fits; if it turns out that it doesn't, we'll get relocation
+ overflows anyway. */
+ g->next = arg->current;
+ arg->current = g;
- bfd2got->g = arg->current;
+ return 1;
+}
- htab_traverse (g->got_entries,
- mips_elf_make_got_per_bfd,
- arg);
- if (arg->obfd == NULL)
- return 0;
+/* Set the TLS GOT index for the GOT entry in ENTRYP. ENTRYP's NEXT field
+ is null iff there is just a single GOT. */
- htab_delete (g->got_entries);
+static int
+mips_elf_initialize_tls_index (void **entryp, void *p)
+{
+ struct mips_got_entry *entry = (struct mips_got_entry *)*entryp;
+ struct mips_got_info *g = p;
+ bfd_vma next_index;
+ unsigned char tls_type;
+
+ /* We're only interested in TLS symbols. */
+ if (entry->tls_type == 0)
+ return 1;
- BFD_ASSERT (old_lcount + lcount >= arg->current->local_gotno);
- BFD_ASSERT (old_gcount + gcount >= arg->current->global_gotno);
+ next_index = MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (entry->abfd) * (long) g->tls_assigned_gotno;
- arg->current_count = arg->current->local_gotno
- + arg->current->global_gotno;
+ if (entry->symndx == -1 && g->next == NULL)
+ {
+ /* A type (3) got entry in the single-GOT case. We use the symbol's
+ hash table entry to track its index. */
+ if (entry->d.h->tls_type & GOT_TLS_OFFSET_DONE)
+ return 1;
+ entry->d.h->tls_type |= GOT_TLS_OFFSET_DONE;
+ entry->d.h->tls_got_offset = next_index;
+ tls_type = entry->d.h->tls_type;
}
- /* Well, we couldn't merge, so create a new GOT. Don't check if it
- fits; if it turns out that it doesn't, we'll get relocation
- overflows anyway. */
else
{
- bfd2got->g->next = arg->current;
- arg->current = bfd2got->g;
-
- arg->current_count = lcount + gcount;
+ if (entry->tls_type & GOT_TLS_LDM)
+ {
+ /* There are separate mips_got_entry objects for each input bfd
+ that requires an LDM entry. Make sure that all LDM entries in
+ a GOT resolve to the same index. */
+ if (g->tls_ldm_offset != MINUS_TWO && g->tls_ldm_offset != MINUS_ONE)
+ {
+ entry->gotidx = g->tls_ldm_offset;
+ return 1;
+ }
+ g->tls_ldm_offset = next_index;
+ }
+ entry->gotidx = next_index;
+ tls_type = entry->tls_type;
}
+ /* Account for the entries we've just allocated. */
+ if (tls_type & (GOT_TLS_GD | GOT_TLS_LDM))
+ g->tls_assigned_gotno += 2;
+ if (tls_type & GOT_TLS_IE)
+ g->tls_assigned_gotno += 1;
+
return 1;
}
= (struct mips_elf_set_global_got_offset_arg *)p;
struct mips_got_info *g = arg->g;
- if (entry->abfd != NULL && entry->symndx == -1
- && entry->d.h->root.dynindx != -1)
+ if (g && entry->tls_type != GOT_NORMAL)
+ arg->needed_relocs +=
+ mips_tls_got_relocs (arg->info, entry->tls_type,
+ entry->symndx == -1 ? &entry->d.h->root : NULL);
+
+ if (entry->abfd != NULL
+ && entry->symndx == -1
+ && entry->d.h->global_got_area != GGA_NONE)
{
if (g)
{
++arg->needed_relocs;
}
else
- entry->d.h->root.got.offset = arg->value;
+ entry->d.h->global_got_area = arg->value;
}
return 1;
}
-/* Mark any global symbols referenced in the GOT we are iterating over
- as inelligible for lazy resolution stubs. */
+/* A htab_traverse callback for GOT entries for which DATA is the
+ bfd_link_info. Forbid any global symbols from having traditional
+ lazy-binding stubs. */
+
static int
-mips_elf_set_no_stub (void **entryp, void *p ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
+mips_elf_forbid_lazy_stubs (void **entryp, void *data)
{
- struct mips_got_entry *entry = (struct mips_got_entry *)*entryp;
+ struct bfd_link_info *info;
+ struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
+ struct mips_got_entry *entry;
+
+ entry = (struct mips_got_entry *) *entryp;
+ info = (struct bfd_link_info *) data;
+ htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
+ BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
if (entry->abfd != NULL
&& entry->symndx == -1
- && entry->d.h->root.dynindx != -1)
- entry->d.h->no_fn_stub = TRUE;
-
- return 1;
-}
-
-/* Follow indirect and warning hash entries so that each got entry
- points to the final symbol definition. P must point to a pointer
- to the hash table we're traversing. Since this traversal may
- modify the hash table, we set this pointer to NULL to indicate
- we've made a potentially-destructive change to the hash table, so
- the traversal must be restarted. */
-static int
-mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entry (void **entryp, void *p)
-{
- struct mips_got_entry *entry = (struct mips_got_entry *)*entryp;
- htab_t got_entries = *(htab_t *)p;
-
- if (entry->abfd != NULL && entry->symndx == -1)
+ && entry->d.h->needs_lazy_stub)
{
- struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h = entry->d.h;
-
- while (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
- || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
- h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.root.u.i.link;
-
- if (entry->d.h == h)
- return 1;
-
- entry->d.h = h;
-
- /* If we can't find this entry with the new bfd hash, re-insert
- it, and get the traversal restarted. */
- if (! htab_find (got_entries, entry))
- {
- htab_clear_slot (got_entries, entryp);
- entryp = htab_find_slot (got_entries, entry, INSERT);
- if (! *entryp)
- *entryp = entry;
- /* Abort the traversal, since the whole table may have
- moved, and leave it up to the parent to restart the
- process. */
- *(htab_t *)p = NULL;
- return 0;
- }
- /* We might want to decrement the global_gotno count, but it's
- either too early or too late for that at this point. */
+ entry->d.h->needs_lazy_stub = FALSE;
+ htab->lazy_stub_count--;
}
return 1;
}
-/* Turn indirect got entries in a got_entries table into their final
- locations. */
-static void
-mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (struct mips_got_info *g)
-{
- htab_t got_entries;
-
- do
- {
- got_entries = g->got_entries;
-
- htab_traverse (got_entries,
- mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entry,
- &got_entries);
- }
- while (got_entries == NULL);
-}
-
/* Return the offset of an input bfd IBFD's GOT from the beginning of
the primary GOT. */
static bfd_vma
g = g->next;
- return (g->local_gotno + g->global_gotno) * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd);
+ return (g->local_gotno + g->global_gotno + g->tls_gotno)
+ * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd);
}
/* Turn a single GOT that is too big for 16-bit addressing into
static bfd_boolean
mips_elf_multi_got (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
- struct mips_got_info *g, asection *got,
- bfd_size_type pages)
+ asection *got, bfd_size_type pages)
{
+ struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg got_per_bfd_arg;
struct mips_elf_set_global_got_offset_arg set_got_offset_arg;
- struct mips_got_info *gg;
- unsigned int assign;
+ struct mips_got_info *g, *gg;
+ unsigned int assign, needed_relocs;
+ bfd *dynobj;
+
+ dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
+ htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
+ BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
+ g = htab->got_info;
g->bfd2got = htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_bfd2got_entry_hash,
mips_elf_bfd2got_entry_eq, NULL);
if (g->bfd2got == NULL)
/* Count how many GOT entries each input bfd requires, creating a
map from bfd to got info while at that. */
- mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (g);
htab_traverse (g->got_entries, mips_elf_make_got_per_bfd, &got_per_bfd_arg);
if (got_per_bfd_arg.obfd == NULL)
return FALSE;
+ /* Also count how many page entries each input bfd requires. */
+ htab_traverse (g->got_page_entries, mips_elf_make_got_pages_per_bfd,
+ &got_per_bfd_arg);
+ if (got_per_bfd_arg.obfd == NULL)
+ return FALSE;
+
got_per_bfd_arg.current = NULL;
got_per_bfd_arg.primary = NULL;
- /* Taking out PAGES entries is a worst-case estimate. We could
- compute the maximum number of pages that each separate input bfd
- uses, but it's probably not worth it. */
- got_per_bfd_arg.max_count = ((MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE (abfd)
+ got_per_bfd_arg.max_count = ((MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE (info)
/ MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd))
- - MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO - pages);
+ - htab->reserved_gotno);
+ got_per_bfd_arg.max_pages = pages;
+ /* The number of globals that will be included in the primary GOT.
+ See the calls to mips_elf_set_global_got_offset below for more
+ information. */
+ got_per_bfd_arg.global_count = g->global_gotno;
/* Try to merge the GOTs of input bfds together, as long as they
don't seem to exceed the maximum GOT size, choosing one of them
if (got_per_bfd_arg.obfd == NULL)
return FALSE;
- /* If we find any suitable primary GOT, create an empty one. */
+ /* If we do not find any suitable primary GOT, create an empty one. */
if (got_per_bfd_arg.primary == NULL)
{
g->next = (struct mips_got_info *)
g->next->global_gotsym = NULL;
g->next->global_gotno = 0;
+ g->next->reloc_only_gotno = 0;
g->next->local_gotno = 0;
+ g->next->page_gotno = 0;
+ g->next->tls_gotno = 0;
g->next->assigned_gotno = 0;
+ g->next->tls_assigned_gotno = 0;
+ g->next->tls_ldm_offset = MINUS_ONE;
g->next->got_entries = htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_multi_got_entry_hash,
mips_elf_multi_got_entry_eq,
NULL);
if (g->next->got_entries == NULL)
return FALSE;
+ g->next->got_page_entries = htab_try_create (1, mips_got_page_entry_hash,
+ mips_got_page_entry_eq,
+ NULL);
+ if (g->next->got_page_entries == NULL)
+ return FALSE;
g->next->bfd2got = NULL;
}
else
*bfdgotp = bfdgot;
}
- /* The IRIX dynamic linker requires every symbol that is referenced
- in a dynamic relocation to be present in the primary GOT, so
- arrange for them to appear after those that are actually
- referenced.
-
- GNU/Linux could very well do without it, but it would slow down
- the dynamic linker, since it would have to resolve every dynamic
- symbol referenced in other GOTs more than once, without help from
- the cache. Also, knowing that every external symbol has a GOT
- helps speed up the resolution of local symbols too, so GNU/Linux
- follows IRIX's practice.
-
- The number 2 is used by mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f to count
- global GOT symbols that are unreferenced in the primary GOT, with
- an initial dynamic index computed from gg->assigned_gotno, where
- the number of unreferenced global entries in the primary GOT is
- preserved. */
- if (1)
- {
- gg->assigned_gotno = gg->global_gotno - g->global_gotno;
- g->global_gotno = gg->global_gotno;
- set_got_offset_arg.value = 2;
- }
- else
- {
- /* This could be used for dynamic linkers that don't optimize
- symbol resolution while applying relocations so as to use
- primary GOT entries or assuming the symbol is locally-defined.
- With this code, we assign lower dynamic indices to global
- symbols that are not referenced in the primary GOT, so that
- their entries can be omitted. */
- gg->assigned_gotno = 0;
- set_got_offset_arg.value = -1;
- }
+ /* Every symbol that is referenced in a dynamic relocation must be
+ present in the primary GOT, so arrange for them to appear after
+ those that are actually referenced. */
+ gg->reloc_only_gotno = gg->global_gotno - g->global_gotno;
+ g->global_gotno = gg->global_gotno;
- /* Reorder dynamic symbols as described above (which behavior
- depends on the setting of VALUE). */
set_got_offset_arg.g = NULL;
+ set_got_offset_arg.value = GGA_RELOC_ONLY;
htab_traverse (gg->got_entries, mips_elf_set_global_got_offset,
&set_got_offset_arg);
- set_got_offset_arg.value = 1;
+ set_got_offset_arg.value = GGA_NORMAL;
htab_traverse (g->got_entries, mips_elf_set_global_got_offset,
&set_got_offset_arg);
- if (! mips_elf_sort_hash_table (info, 1))
- return FALSE;
/* Now go through the GOTs assigning them offset ranges.
[assigned_gotno, local_gotno[ will be set to the range of local
points back to the master GOT. */
gg->local_gotno = -g->global_gotno;
gg->global_gotno = g->global_gotno;
+ gg->tls_gotno = 0;
assign = 0;
gg->next = gg;
{
struct mips_got_info *gn;
- assign += MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO;
+ assign += htab->reserved_gotno;
g->assigned_gotno = assign;
- g->local_gotno += assign + pages;
- assign = g->local_gotno + g->global_gotno;
+ g->local_gotno += assign;
+ g->local_gotno += (pages < g->page_gotno ? pages : g->page_gotno);
+ assign = g->local_gotno + g->global_gotno + g->tls_gotno;
/* Take g out of the direct list, and push it onto the reversed
- list that gg points to. */
+ list that gg points to. g->next is guaranteed to be nonnull after
+ this operation, as required by mips_elf_initialize_tls_index. */
gn = g->next;
g->next = gg->next;
gg->next = g;
+
+ /* Set up any TLS entries. We always place the TLS entries after
+ all non-TLS entries. */
+ g->tls_assigned_gotno = g->local_gotno + g->global_gotno;
+ htab_traverse (g->got_entries, mips_elf_initialize_tls_index, g);
+
+ /* Move onto the next GOT. It will be a secondary GOT if nonull. */
g = gn;
- /* Mark global symbols in every non-primary GOT as ineligible for
- stubs. */
+ /* Forbid global symbols in every non-primary GOT from having
+ lazy-binding stubs. */
if (g)
- htab_traverse (g->got_entries, mips_elf_set_no_stub, NULL);
+ htab_traverse (g->got_entries, mips_elf_forbid_lazy_stubs, info);
}
while (g);
got->size = (gg->next->local_gotno
- + gg->next->global_gotno) * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd);
+ + gg->next->global_gotno
+ + gg->next->tls_gotno) * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd);
+
+ needed_relocs = 0;
+ set_got_offset_arg.value = MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd);
+ set_got_offset_arg.info = info;
+ for (g = gg->next; g && g->next != gg; g = g->next)
+ {
+ unsigned int save_assign;
+
+ /* Assign offsets to global GOT entries. */
+ save_assign = g->assigned_gotno;
+ g->assigned_gotno = g->local_gotno;
+ set_got_offset_arg.g = g;
+ set_got_offset_arg.needed_relocs = 0;
+ htab_traverse (g->got_entries,
+ mips_elf_set_global_got_offset,
+ &set_got_offset_arg);
+ needed_relocs += set_got_offset_arg.needed_relocs;
+ BFD_ASSERT (g->assigned_gotno - g->local_gotno <= g->global_gotno);
+
+ g->assigned_gotno = save_assign;
+ if (info->shared)
+ {
+ needed_relocs += g->local_gotno - g->assigned_gotno;
+ BFD_ASSERT (g->assigned_gotno == g->next->local_gotno
+ + g->next->global_gotno
+ + g->next->tls_gotno
+ + htab->reserved_gotno);
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (needed_relocs)
+ mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj, info,
+ needed_relocs);
return TRUE;
}
const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocation,
const Elf_Internal_Rela *relend)
{
+ unsigned long r_symndx = ELF_R_SYM (abfd, relocation->r_info);
+
while (relocation < relend)
{
- if (ELF_R_TYPE (abfd, relocation->r_info) == r_type)
+ if (ELF_R_TYPE (abfd, relocation->r_info) == r_type
+ && ELF_R_SYM (abfd, relocation->r_info) == r_symndx)
return relocation;
++relocation;
}
/* We didn't find it. */
- bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
return NULL;
}
-/* Return whether a relocation is against a local symbol. */
+/* Return whether an input relocation is against a local symbol. */
static bfd_boolean
mips_elf_local_relocation_p (bfd *input_bfd,
const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocation,
- asection **local_sections,
- bfd_boolean check_forced)
+ asection **local_sections)
{
unsigned long r_symndx;
Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
- struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h;
size_t extsymoff;
r_symndx = ELF_R_SYM (input_bfd, relocation->r_info);
if (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd) && local_sections[r_symndx] != NULL)
return TRUE;
- if (check_forced)
- {
- /* Look up the hash table to check whether the symbol
- was forced local. */
- h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *)
- elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd) [r_symndx - extsymoff];
- /* Find the real hash-table entry for this symbol. */
- while (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
- || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
- h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.root.u.i.link;
- if (h->root.forced_local)
- return TRUE;
- }
-
return FALSE;
}
\f
flags = (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
| SEC_READONLY);
- s = bfd_make_section (abfd, ".compact_rel");
+ s = bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd, ".compact_rel", flags);
if (s == NULL
- || ! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, s, flags)
|| ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s,
MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd)))
return FALSE;
/* Create the .got section to hold the global offset table. */
static bfd_boolean
-mips_elf_create_got_section (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
- bfd_boolean maybe_exclude)
+mips_elf_create_got_section (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
{
flagword flags;
register asection *s;
struct bfd_link_hash_entry *bh;
struct mips_got_info *g;
bfd_size_type amt;
+ struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
+
+ htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
+ BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
/* This function may be called more than once. */
- s = mips_elf_got_section (abfd, TRUE);
- if (s)
- {
- if (! maybe_exclude)
- s->flags &= ~SEC_EXCLUDE;
- return TRUE;
- }
+ if (htab->sgot)
+ return TRUE;
flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
- if (maybe_exclude)
- flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
-
/* We have to use an alignment of 2**4 here because this is hardcoded
in the function stub generation and in the linker script. */
- s = bfd_make_section (abfd, ".got");
+ s = bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd, ".got", flags);
if (s == NULL
- || ! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, s, flags)
|| ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, 4))
return FALSE;
+ htab->sgot = s;
/* Define the symbol _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. We don't do this in the
linker script because we don't want to define the symbol if we
h->non_elf = 0;
h->def_regular = 1;
h->type = STT_OBJECT;
+ elf_hash_table (info)->hgot = h;
if (info->shared
&& ! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
return FALSE;
g->global_gotsym = NULL;
g->global_gotno = 0;
- g->local_gotno = MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO;
- g->assigned_gotno = MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO;
+ g->reloc_only_gotno = 0;
+ g->tls_gotno = 0;
+ g->local_gotno = 0;
+ g->page_gotno = 0;
+ g->assigned_gotno = 0;
g->bfd2got = NULL;
g->next = NULL;
+ g->tls_ldm_offset = MINUS_ONE;
g->got_entries = htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_got_entry_hash,
mips_elf_got_entry_eq, NULL);
if (g->got_entries == NULL)
return FALSE;
- mips_elf_section_data (s)->u.got_info = g;
+ g->got_page_entries = htab_try_create (1, mips_got_page_entry_hash,
+ mips_got_page_entry_eq, NULL);
+ if (g->got_page_entries == NULL)
+ return FALSE;
+ htab->got_info = g;
mips_elf_section_data (s)->elf.this_hdr.sh_flags
|= SHF_ALLOC | SHF_WRITE | SHF_MIPS_GPREL;
+ /* We also need a .got.plt section when generating PLTs. */
+ s = bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd, ".got.plt",
+ SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
+ | SEC_IN_MEMORY | SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
+ if (s == NULL)
+ return FALSE;
+ htab->sgotplt = s;
+
return TRUE;
}
\f
+/* Return true if H refers to the special VxWorks __GOTT_BASE__ or
+ __GOTT_INDEX__ symbols. These symbols are only special for
+ shared objects; they are not used in executables. */
+
+static bfd_boolean
+is_gott_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info, struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
+{
+ return (mips_elf_hash_table (info)->is_vxworks
+ && info->shared
+ && (strcmp (h->root.root.string, "__GOTT_BASE__") == 0
+ || strcmp (h->root.root.string, "__GOTT_INDEX__") == 0));
+}
+
+/* Return TRUE if a relocation of type R_TYPE from INPUT_BFD might
+ require an la25 stub. See also mips_elf_local_pic_function_p,
+ which determines whether the destination function ever requires a
+ stub. */
+
+static bfd_boolean
+mips_elf_relocation_needs_la25_stub (bfd *input_bfd, int r_type)
+{
+ /* We specifically ignore branches and jumps from EF_PIC objects,
+ where the onus is on the compiler or programmer to perform any
+ necessary initialization of $25. Sometimes such initialization
+ is unnecessary; for example, -mno-shared functions do not use
+ the incoming value of $25, and may therefore be called directly. */
+ if (PIC_OBJECT_P (input_bfd))
+ return FALSE;
+
+ switch (r_type)
+ {
+ case R_MIPS_26:
+ case R_MIPS_PC16:
+ case R_MIPS16_26:
+ case R_MICROMIPS_26_S1:
+ case R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1:
+ case R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1:
+ case R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1:
+ case R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2:
+ return TRUE;
+
+ default:
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+}
+\f
/* Calculate the value produced by the RELOCATION (which comes from
the INPUT_BFD). The ADDEND is the addend to use for this
RELOCATION; RELOCATION->R_ADDEND is ignored.
The result of the relocation calculation is stored in VALUEP.
- REQUIRE_JALXP indicates whether or not the opcode used with this
- relocation must be JALX.
+ On exit, set *CROSS_MODE_JUMP_P to true if the relocation field
+ is a MIPS16 or microMIPS jump to standard MIPS code, or vice versa.
This function returns bfd_reloc_continue if the caller need take no
further action regarding this relocation, bfd_reloc_notsupported if
bfd_vma addend, reloc_howto_type *howto,
Elf_Internal_Sym *local_syms,
asection **local_sections, bfd_vma *valuep,
- const char **namep, bfd_boolean *require_jalxp,
+ const char **namep,
+ bfd_boolean *cross_mode_jump_p,
bfd_boolean save_addend)
{
/* The eventual value we will return. */
bfd_vma symbol = 0;
/* The final GP value to be used for the relocatable, executable, or
shared object file being produced. */
- bfd_vma gp = MINUS_ONE;
+ bfd_vma gp;
/* The place (section offset or address) of the storage unit being
relocated. */
bfd_vma p;
/* The value of GP used to create the relocatable object. */
- bfd_vma gp0 = MINUS_ONE;
+ bfd_vma gp0;
/* The offset into the global offset table at which the address of
the relocation entry symbol, adjusted by the addend, resides
during execution. */
bfd_boolean local_p, was_local_p;
/* TRUE if the symbol referred to by this relocation is "_gp_disp". */
bfd_boolean gp_disp_p = FALSE;
+ /* TRUE if the symbol referred to by this relocation is
+ "__gnu_local_gp". */
+ bfd_boolean gnu_local_gp_p = FALSE;
Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
size_t extsymoff;
unsigned long r_symndx;
bfd_boolean overflowed_p;
/* TRUE if this relocation refers to a MIPS16 function. */
bfd_boolean target_is_16_bit_code_p = FALSE;
+ bfd_boolean target_is_micromips_code_p = FALSE;
+ struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
+ bfd *dynobj;
+
+ dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
+ htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
+ BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
/* Parse the relocation. */
r_symndx = ELF_R_SYM (input_bfd, relocation->r_info);
used in the array of hash table entries. */
symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (input_bfd)->symtab_hdr;
local_p = mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd, relocation,
- local_sections, FALSE);
+ local_sections);
was_local_p = local_p;
if (! elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd))
extsymoff = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
addend += sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset;
}
- /* MIPS16 text labels should be treated as odd. */
- if (sym->st_other == STO_MIPS16)
+ /* MIPS16/microMIPS text labels should be treated as odd. */
+ if (ELF_ST_IS_COMPRESSED (sym->st_other))
++symbol;
/* Record the name of this symbol, for our caller. */
if (*namep == '\0')
*namep = bfd_section_name (input_bfd, sec);
- target_is_16_bit_code_p = (sym->st_other == STO_MIPS16);
+ target_is_16_bit_code_p = ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (sym->st_other);
+ target_is_micromips_code_p = ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (sym->st_other);
}
else
{
{
/* Relocations against _gp_disp are permitted only with
R_MIPS_HI16 and R_MIPS_LO16 relocations. */
- if (r_type != R_MIPS_HI16 && r_type != R_MIPS_LO16
- && r_type != R_MIPS16_HI16 && r_type != R_MIPS16_LO16)
+ if (!hi16_reloc_p (r_type) && !lo16_reloc_p (r_type))
return bfd_reloc_notsupported;
gp_disp_p = TRUE;
}
+ /* See if this is the special _gp symbol. Note that such a
+ symbol must always be a global symbol. */
+ else if (strcmp (*namep, "__gnu_local_gp") == 0)
+ gnu_local_gp_p = TRUE;
+
+
/* If this symbol is defined, calculate its address. Note that
_gp_disp is a magic symbol, always implicitly defined by the
linker, so it's inappropriate to check to see whether or not
BFD_ASSERT (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic") == NULL);
symbol = 0;
}
- else
+ else if (ELF_MIPS_IS_OPTIONAL (h->root.other))
{
- if (! ((*info->callbacks->undefined_symbol)
- (info, h->root.root.root.string, input_bfd,
- input_section, relocation->r_offset,
- (info->unresolved_syms_in_objects == RM_GENERATE_ERROR)
- || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->root.other))))
- return bfd_reloc_undefined;
+ /* This is an optional symbol - an Irix specific extension to the
+ ELF spec. Ignore it for now.
+ XXX - FIXME - there is more to the spec for OPTIONAL symbols
+ than simply ignoring them, but we do not handle this for now.
+ For information see the "64-bit ELF Object File Specification"
+ which is available from here:
+ http://techpubs.sgi.com/library/manuals/4000/007-4658-001/pdf/007-4658-001.pdf */
symbol = 0;
}
+ else if ((*info->callbacks->undefined_symbol)
+ (info, h->root.root.root.string, input_bfd,
+ input_section, relocation->r_offset,
+ (info->unresolved_syms_in_objects == RM_GENERATE_ERROR)
+ || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->root.other)))
+ {
+ return bfd_reloc_undefined;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ return bfd_reloc_notsupported;
+ }
- target_is_16_bit_code_p = (h->root.other == STO_MIPS16);
+ target_is_16_bit_code_p = ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (h->root.other);
+ /* If the output section is the PLT section,
+ then the target is not microMIPS. */
+ target_is_micromips_code_p = (htab->splt != sec
+ && ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (h->root.other));
}
- /* If this is a 32- or 64-bit call to a 16-bit function with a stub, we
- need to redirect the call to the stub, unless we're already *in*
- a stub. */
- if (r_type != R_MIPS16_26 && !info->relocatable
- && ((h != NULL && h->fn_stub != NULL)
- || (local_p && elf_tdata (input_bfd)->local_stubs != NULL
+ /* If this is a reference to a 16-bit function with a stub, we need
+ to redirect the relocation to the stub unless:
+
+ (a) the relocation is for a MIPS16 JAL;
+
+ (b) the relocation is for a MIPS16 PIC call, and there are no
+ non-MIPS16 uses of the GOT slot; or
+
+ (c) the section allows direct references to MIPS16 functions. */
+ if (r_type != R_MIPS16_26
+ && !info->relocatable
+ && ((h != NULL
+ && h->fn_stub != NULL
+ && (r_type != R_MIPS16_CALL16 || h->need_fn_stub))
+ || (local_p
+ && elf_tdata (input_bfd)->local_stubs != NULL
&& elf_tdata (input_bfd)->local_stubs[r_symndx] != NULL))
- && !mips_elf_stub_section_p (input_bfd, input_section))
+ && !section_allows_mips16_refs_p (input_section))
{
/* This is a 32- or 64-bit call to a 16-bit function. We should
have already noticed that we were going to need the
}
symbol = sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset;
+ /* The target is 16-bit, but the stub isn't. */
+ target_is_16_bit_code_p = FALSE;
}
/* If this is a 16-bit call to a 32- or 64-bit function with a stub, we
- need to redirect the call to the stub. */
+ need to redirect the call to the stub. Note that we specifically
+ exclude R_MIPS16_CALL16 from this behavior; indirect calls should
+ use an indirect stub instead. */
else if (r_type == R_MIPS16_26 && !info->relocatable
- && h != NULL
- && (h->call_stub != NULL || h->call_fp_stub != NULL)
+ && ((h != NULL && (h->call_stub != NULL || h->call_fp_stub != NULL))
+ || (local_p
+ && elf_tdata (input_bfd)->local_call_stubs != NULL
+ && elf_tdata (input_bfd)->local_call_stubs[r_symndx] != NULL))
&& !target_is_16_bit_code_p)
{
- /* If both call_stub and call_fp_stub are defined, we can figure
- out which one to use by seeing which one appears in the input
- file. */
- if (h->call_stub != NULL && h->call_fp_stub != NULL)
+ if (local_p)
+ sec = elf_tdata (input_bfd)->local_call_stubs[r_symndx];
+ else
{
- asection *o;
-
- sec = NULL;
- for (o = input_bfd->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next)
+ /* If both call_stub and call_fp_stub are defined, we can figure
+ out which one to use by checking which one appears in the input
+ file. */
+ if (h->call_stub != NULL && h->call_fp_stub != NULL)
{
- if (strncmp (bfd_get_section_name (input_bfd, o),
- CALL_FP_STUB, sizeof CALL_FP_STUB - 1) == 0)
+ asection *o;
+
+ sec = NULL;
+ for (o = input_bfd->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next)
{
- sec = h->call_fp_stub;
- break;
+ if (CALL_FP_STUB_P (bfd_get_section_name (input_bfd, o)))
+ {
+ sec = h->call_fp_stub;
+ break;
+ }
}
+ if (sec == NULL)
+ sec = h->call_stub;
}
- if (sec == NULL)
+ else if (h->call_stub != NULL)
sec = h->call_stub;
- }
- else if (h->call_stub != NULL)
- sec = h->call_stub;
- else
- sec = h->call_fp_stub;
+ else
+ sec = h->call_fp_stub;
+ }
BFD_ASSERT (sec->size > 0);
symbol = sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset;
}
+ /* If this is a direct call to a PIC function, redirect to the
+ non-PIC stub. */
+ else if (h != NULL && h->la25_stub
+ && mips_elf_relocation_needs_la25_stub (input_bfd, r_type))
+ symbol = (h->la25_stub->stub_section->output_section->vma
+ + h->la25_stub->stub_section->output_offset
+ + h->la25_stub->offset);
+
+ /* Make sure MIPS16 and microMIPS are not used together. */
+ if ((r_type == R_MIPS16_26 && target_is_micromips_code_p)
+ || (micromips_branch_reloc_p (r_type) && target_is_16_bit_code_p))
+ {
+ (*_bfd_error_handler)
+ (_("MIPS16 and microMIPS functions cannot call each other"));
+ return bfd_reloc_notsupported;
+ }
/* Calls from 16-bit code to 32-bit code and vice versa require the
- special jalx instruction. */
- *require_jalxp = (!info->relocatable
- && (((r_type == R_MIPS16_26) && !target_is_16_bit_code_p)
- || ((r_type == R_MIPS_26) && target_is_16_bit_code_p)));
-
- local_p = mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd, relocation,
- local_sections, TRUE);
-
- /* If we haven't already determined the GOT offset, or the GP value,
- and we're going to need it, get it now. */
+ mode change. However, we can ignore calls to undefined weak symbols,
+ which should never be executed at runtime. This exception is important
+ because the assembly writer may have "known" that any definition of the
+ symbol would be 16-bit code, and that direct jumps were therefore
+ acceptable. */
+ *cross_mode_jump_p = (!info->relocatable
+ && !(h && h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
+ && ((r_type == R_MIPS16_26 && !target_is_16_bit_code_p)
+ || (r_type == R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
+ && !target_is_micromips_code_p)
+ || ((r_type == R_MIPS_26 || r_type == R_MIPS_JALR)
+ && (target_is_16_bit_code_p
+ || target_is_micromips_code_p))));
+
+ local_p = h == NULL || SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, &h->root);
+
+ gp0 = _bfd_get_gp_value (input_bfd);
+ gp = _bfd_get_gp_value (abfd);
+ if (htab->got_info)
+ gp += mips_elf_adjust_gp (abfd, htab->got_info, input_bfd);
+
+ if (gnu_local_gp_p)
+ symbol = gp;
+
+ /* Global R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE/R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE relocations are equivalent
+ to R_MIPS_GOT_DISP/R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP. The addend is applied by the
+ corresponding R_MIPS_GOT_OFST/R_MICROMIPS_GOT_OFST. */
+ if (got_page_reloc_p (r_type) && !local_p)
+ {
+ r_type = (micromips_reloc_p (r_type)
+ ? R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP : R_MIPS_GOT_DISP);
+ addend = 0;
+ }
+
+ /* If we haven't already determined the GOT offset, and we're going
+ to need it, get it now. */
switch (r_type)
{
- case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE:
- case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST:
- /* We need to decay to GOT_DISP/addend if the symbol doesn't
- bind locally. */
- local_p = local_p || _bfd_elf_symbol_refs_local_p (&h->root, info, 1);
- if (local_p || r_type == R_MIPS_GOT_OFST)
- break;
- /* Fall through. */
-
+ case R_MIPS16_CALL16:
+ case R_MIPS16_GOT16:
case R_MIPS_CALL16:
case R_MIPS_GOT16:
case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP:
case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16:
case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16:
case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16:
+ case R_MICROMIPS_CALL16:
+ case R_MICROMIPS_GOT16:
+ case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP:
+ case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16:
+ case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16:
+ case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16:
+ case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16:
+ case R_MIPS_TLS_GD:
+ case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL:
+ case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM:
+ case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD:
+ case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL:
+ case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM:
/* Find the index into the GOT where this value is located. */
- if (!local_p)
- {
- /* GOT_PAGE may take a non-zero addend, that is ignored in a
- GOT_PAGE relocation that decays to GOT_DISP because the
- symbol turns out to be global. The addend is then added
- as GOT_OFST. */
- BFD_ASSERT (addend == 0 || r_type == R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE);
- g = mips_elf_global_got_index (elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj,
- input_bfd,
- (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h);
- if (! elf_hash_table(info)->dynamic_sections_created
- || (info->shared
- && (info->symbolic || h->root.dynindx == -1)
- && h->root.def_regular))
+ if (tls_ldm_reloc_p (r_type))
+ {
+ g = mips_elf_local_got_index (abfd, input_bfd, info,
+ 0, 0, NULL, r_type);
+ if (g == MINUS_ONE)
+ return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
+ }
+ else if (!local_p)
+ {
+ /* On VxWorks, CALL relocations should refer to the .got.plt
+ entry, which is initialized to point at the PLT stub. */
+ if (htab->is_vxworks
+ && (call_hi16_reloc_p (r_type)
+ || call_lo16_reloc_p (r_type)
+ || call16_reloc_p (r_type)))
+ {
+ BFD_ASSERT (addend == 0);
+ BFD_ASSERT (h->root.needs_plt);
+ g = mips_elf_gotplt_index (info, &h->root);
+ }
+ else
{
- /* This is a static link or a -Bsymbolic link. The
- symbol is defined locally, or was forced to be local.
- We must initialize this entry in the GOT. */
- bfd *tmpbfd = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
- asection *sgot = mips_elf_got_section (tmpbfd, FALSE);
- MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (tmpbfd, symbol, sgot->contents + g);
+ BFD_ASSERT (addend == 0);
+ g = mips_elf_global_got_index (dynobj, input_bfd,
+ &h->root, r_type, info);
+ if (h->tls_type == GOT_NORMAL
+ && !elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
+ /* This is a static link. We must initialize the GOT entry. */
+ MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (dynobj, symbol, htab->sgot->contents + g);
}
}
- else if (r_type == R_MIPS_GOT16 || r_type == R_MIPS_CALL16)
- /* There's no need to create a local GOT entry here; the
- calculation for a local GOT16 entry does not involve G. */
+ else if (!htab->is_vxworks
+ && (call16_reloc_p (r_type) || got16_reloc_p (r_type)))
+ /* The calculation below does not involve "g". */
break;
else
{
- g = mips_elf_local_got_index (abfd, input_bfd,
- info, symbol + addend);
+ g = mips_elf_local_got_index (abfd, input_bfd, info,
+ symbol + addend, r_symndx, h, r_type);
if (g == MINUS_ONE)
return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
}
/* Convert GOT indices to actual offsets. */
- g = mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj,
- abfd, input_bfd, g);
+ g = mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (info, abfd, input_bfd, g);
break;
+ }
- case R_MIPS_HI16:
- case R_MIPS_LO16:
- case R_MIPS_GPREL16:
- case R_MIPS_GPREL32:
- case R_MIPS_LITERAL:
- case R_MIPS16_HI16:
- case R_MIPS16_LO16:
- case R_MIPS16_GPREL:
- gp0 = _bfd_get_gp_value (input_bfd);
- gp = _bfd_get_gp_value (abfd);
- if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj)
- gp += mips_elf_adjust_gp (abfd,
- mips_elf_got_info
- (elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj, NULL),
- input_bfd);
- break;
+ /* Relocations against the VxWorks __GOTT_BASE__ and __GOTT_INDEX__
+ symbols are resolved by the loader. Add them to .rela.dyn. */
+ if (h != NULL && is_gott_symbol (info, &h->root))
+ {
+ Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
+ bfd_byte *loc;
+ asection *s;
- default:
- break;
+ s = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, FALSE);
+ loc = s->contents + s->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
+
+ outrel.r_offset = (input_section->output_section->vma
+ + input_section->output_offset
+ + relocation->r_offset);
+ outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->root.dynindx, r_type);
+ outrel.r_addend = addend;
+ bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (abfd, &outrel, loc);
+
+ /* If we've written this relocation for a readonly section,
+ we need to set DF_TEXTREL again, so that we do not delete the
+ DT_TEXTREL tag. */
+ if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (input_section))
+ info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
+
+ *valuep = 0;
+ return bfd_reloc_ok;
}
/* Figure out what kind of relocation is being performed. */
case R_MIPS_REL32:
case R_MIPS_64:
if ((info->shared
- || (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created
+ || (htab->root.dynamic_sections_created
&& h != NULL
&& h->root.def_dynamic
- && !h->root.def_regular))
- && r_symndx != 0
+ && !h->root.def_regular
+ && !h->has_static_relocs))
+ && r_symndx != STN_UNDEF
+ && (h == NULL
+ || h->root.root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak
+ || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->root.other) == STV_DEFAULT)
&& (input_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
{
- /* If we're creating a shared library, or this relocation is
- against a symbol in a shared library, then we can't know
+ /* If we're creating a shared library, then we can't know
where the symbol will end up. So, we create a relocation
record in the output, and leave the job up to the dynamic
- linker. */
+ linker. We must do the same for executable references to
+ shared library symbols, unless we've decided to use copy
+ relocs or PLTs instead. */
value = addend;
if (!mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation (abfd,
info,
value &= howto->dst_mask;
break;
- case R_MIPS_GNU_REL16_S2:
- value = symbol + _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend, 18) - p;
- overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 18);
- value = (value >> 2) & howto->dst_mask;
- break;
-
case R_MIPS16_26:
/* The calculation for R_MIPS16_26 is just the same as for an
R_MIPS_26. It's only the storage of the relocated field into
mips_elf_perform_relocation. So, we just fall through to the
R_MIPS_26 case here. */
case R_MIPS_26:
- if (local_p)
- value = ((addend | ((p + 4) & 0xf0000000)) + symbol) >> 2;
- else
- {
- value = (_bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend, 28) + symbol) >> 2;
- if (h->root.root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
- overflowed_p = (value >> 26) != ((p + 4) >> 28);
- }
- value &= howto->dst_mask;
+ case R_MICROMIPS_26_S1:
+ {
+ unsigned int shift;
+
+ /* Make sure the target of JALX is word-aligned. Bit 0 must be
+ the correct ISA mode selector and bit 1 must be 0. */
+ if (*cross_mode_jump_p && (symbol & 3) != (r_type == R_MIPS_26))
+ return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
+
+ /* Shift is 2, unusually, for microMIPS JALX. */
+ shift = (!*cross_mode_jump_p && r_type == R_MICROMIPS_26_S1) ? 1 : 2;
+
+ if (was_local_p)
+ value = addend | ((p + 4) & (0xfc000000 << shift));
+ else
+ value = _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend, 26 + shift);
+ value = (value + symbol) >> shift;
+ if (!was_local_p && h->root.root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
+ overflowed_p = (value >> 26) != ((p + 4) >> (26 + shift));
+ value &= howto->dst_mask;
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_HI16:
+ case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_DTPREL_HI16:
+ value = (mips_elf_high (addend + symbol - dtprel_base (info))
+ & howto->dst_mask);
+ break;
+
+ case R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_LO16:
+ case R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL32:
+ case R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL64:
+ case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_DTPREL_LO16:
+ value = (symbol + addend - dtprel_base (info)) & howto->dst_mask;
+ break;
+
+ case R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16:
+ case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16:
+ value = (mips_elf_high (addend + symbol - tprel_base (info))
+ & howto->dst_mask);
+ break;
+
+ case R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16:
+ case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16:
+ value = (symbol + addend - tprel_base (info)) & howto->dst_mask;
break;
case R_MIPS_HI16:
case R_MIPS16_HI16:
+ case R_MICROMIPS_HI16:
if (!gp_disp_p)
{
value = mips_elf_high (addend + symbol);
both reloc addends by 4. */
if (r_type == R_MIPS16_HI16)
value = mips_elf_high (addend + gp - p - 4);
+ /* The microMIPS .cpload sequence uses the same assembly
+ instructions as the traditional psABI version, but the
+ incoming $t9 has the low bit set. */
+ else if (r_type == R_MICROMIPS_HI16)
+ value = mips_elf_high (addend + gp - p - 1);
else
value = mips_elf_high (addend + gp - p);
overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 16);
case R_MIPS_LO16:
case R_MIPS16_LO16:
+ case R_MICROMIPS_LO16:
+ case R_MICROMIPS_HI0_LO16:
if (!gp_disp_p)
value = (symbol + addend) & howto->dst_mask;
else
for this conditional. */
if (r_type == R_MIPS16_LO16)
value = addend + gp - p;
+ else if (r_type == R_MICROMIPS_LO16
+ || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_HI0_LO16)
+ value = addend + gp - p + 3;
else
value = addend + gp - p + 4;
/* The MIPS ABI requires checking the R_MIPS_LO16 relocation
break;
case R_MIPS_LITERAL:
+ case R_MICROMIPS_LITERAL:
/* Because we don't merge literal sections, we can handle this
just like R_MIPS_GPREL16. In the long run, we should merge
shared literals, and then we will need to additional work
order. We don't need to do anything special here; the
differences are handled in mips_elf_perform_relocation. */
case R_MIPS_GPREL16:
+ case R_MICROMIPS_GPREL7_S2:
+ case R_MICROMIPS_GPREL16:
/* Only sign-extend the addend if it was extracted from the
instruction. If the addend was separate, leave it alone,
otherwise we may lose significant bits. */
overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 16);
break;
+ case R_MIPS16_GOT16:
+ case R_MIPS16_CALL16:
case R_MIPS_GOT16:
case R_MIPS_CALL16:
- if (local_p)
+ case R_MICROMIPS_GOT16:
+ case R_MICROMIPS_CALL16:
+ /* VxWorks does not have separate local and global semantics for
+ R_MIPS*_GOT16; every relocation evaluates to "G". */
+ if (!htab->is_vxworks && local_p)
{
- bfd_boolean forced;
-
- /* The special case is when the symbol is forced to be local. We
- need the full address in the GOT since no R_MIPS_LO16 relocation
- follows. */
- forced = ! mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd, relocation,
- local_sections, FALSE);
value = mips_elf_got16_entry (abfd, input_bfd, info,
- symbol + addend, forced);
+ symbol + addend, !was_local_p);
if (value == MINUS_ONE)
return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
value
- = mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj,
- abfd, input_bfd, value);
+ = mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (info, abfd, input_bfd, value);
overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 16);
break;
}
/* Fall through. */
+ case R_MIPS_TLS_GD:
+ case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL:
+ case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM:
case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP:
- got_disp:
+ case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD:
+ case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL:
+ case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM:
+ case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP:
value = g;
overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 16);
break;
break;
case R_MIPS_PC16:
- value = _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend, 16) + symbol - p;
- overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 16);
+ case R_MIPS_GNU_REL16_S2:
+ value = symbol + _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend, 18) - p;
+ overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 18);
+ value >>= howto->rightshift;
+ value &= howto->dst_mask;
+ break;
+
+ case R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1:
+ value = symbol + _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend, 8) - p;
+ overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 8);
+ value >>= howto->rightshift;
+ value &= howto->dst_mask;
+ break;
+
+ case R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1:
+ value = symbol + _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend, 11) - p;
+ overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 11);
+ value >>= howto->rightshift;
+ value &= howto->dst_mask;
+ break;
+
+ case R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1:
+ value = symbol + _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend, 17) - p;
+ overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 17);
+ value >>= howto->rightshift;
+ value &= howto->dst_mask;
+ break;
+
+ case R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2:
+ value = symbol + _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend, 25) - ((p | 3) ^ 3);
+ overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 25);
+ value >>= howto->rightshift;
+ value &= howto->dst_mask;
break;
case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16:
case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16:
+ case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16:
+ case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16:
/* We're allowed to handle these two relocations identically.
The dynamic linker is allowed to handle the CALL relocations
differently by creating a lazy evaluation stub. */
case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16:
case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16:
+ case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16:
+ case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16:
value = g & howto->dst_mask;
break;
case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE:
- /* GOT_PAGE relocations that reference non-local symbols decay
- to GOT_DISP. The corresponding GOT_OFST relocation decays to
- 0. */
- if (! local_p)
- goto got_disp;
+ case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE:
value = mips_elf_got_page (abfd, input_bfd, info, symbol + addend, NULL);
if (value == MINUS_ONE)
return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
- value = mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj,
- abfd, input_bfd, value);
+ value = mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (info, abfd, input_bfd, value);
overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 16);
break;
case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST:
+ case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_OFST:
if (local_p)
mips_elf_got_page (abfd, input_bfd, info, symbol + addend, &value);
else
break;
case R_MIPS_SUB:
+ case R_MICROMIPS_SUB:
value = symbol - addend;
value &= howto->dst_mask;
break;
case R_MIPS_HIGHER:
+ case R_MICROMIPS_HIGHER:
value = mips_elf_higher (addend + symbol);
value &= howto->dst_mask;
break;
case R_MIPS_HIGHEST:
+ case R_MICROMIPS_HIGHEST:
value = mips_elf_highest (addend + symbol);
value &= howto->dst_mask;
break;
case R_MIPS_SCN_DISP:
+ case R_MICROMIPS_SCN_DISP:
value = symbol + addend - sec->output_offset;
value &= howto->dst_mask;
break;
case R_MIPS_JALR:
+ case R_MICROMIPS_JALR:
/* This relocation is only a hint. In some cases, we optimize
it into a bal instruction. But we don't try to optimize
- branches to the PLT; that will wind up wasting time. */
- if (h != NULL && h->root.plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
+ when the symbol does not resolve locally. */
+ if (h != NULL && !SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, &h->root))
return bfd_reloc_continue;
value = symbol + addend;
break;
/* It has been determined that the result of the RELOCATION is the
VALUE. Use HOWTO to place VALUE into the output file at the
appropriate position. The SECTION is the section to which the
- relocation applies. If REQUIRE_JALX is TRUE, then the opcode used
- for the relocation must be either JAL or JALX, and it is
- unconditionally converted to JALX.
+ relocation applies.
+ CROSS_MODE_JUMP_P is true if the relocation field
+ is a MIPS16 or microMIPS jump to standard MIPS code, or vice versa.
Returns FALSE if anything goes wrong. */
const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocation,
bfd_vma value, bfd *input_bfd,
asection *input_section, bfd_byte *contents,
- bfd_boolean require_jalx)
+ bfd_boolean cross_mode_jump_p)
{
bfd_vma x;
bfd_byte *location;
/* Figure out where the relocation is occurring. */
location = contents + relocation->r_offset;
- _bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_unshuffle (input_bfd, r_type, FALSE, location);
+ _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_unshuffle (input_bfd, r_type, FALSE, location);
/* Obtain the current value. */
x = mips_elf_obtain_contents (howto, relocation, input_bfd, contents);
x |= (value & howto->dst_mask);
/* If required, turn JAL into JALX. */
- if (require_jalx)
+ if (cross_mode_jump_p && jal_reloc_p (r_type))
{
bfd_boolean ok;
bfd_vma opcode = x >> 26;
ok = ((opcode == 0x6) || (opcode == 0x7));
jalx_opcode = 0x7;
}
+ else if (r_type == R_MICROMIPS_26_S1)
+ {
+ ok = ((opcode == 0x3d) || (opcode == 0x3c));
+ jalx_opcode = 0x3c;
+ }
else
{
ok = ((opcode == 0x3) || (opcode == 0x1d));
if (!ok)
{
(*_bfd_error_handler)
- (_("%B: %A+0x%lx: jump to stub routine which is not jal"),
+ (_("%B: %A+0x%lx: Direct jumps between ISA modes are not allowed; consider recompiling with interlinking enabled."),
input_bfd,
input_section,
(unsigned long) relocation->r_offset);
x = (x & ~(0x3f << 26)) | (jalx_opcode << 26);
}
- /* On the RM9000, bal is faster than jal, because bal uses branch
- prediction hardware. If we are linking for the RM9000, and we
- see jal, and bal fits, use it instead. Note that this
- transformation should be safe for all architectures. */
- if (bfd_get_mach (input_bfd) == bfd_mach_mips9000
- && !info->relocatable
- && !require_jalx
- && ((r_type == R_MIPS_26 && (x >> 26) == 0x3) /* jal addr */
- || (r_type == R_MIPS_JALR && x == 0x0320f809))) /* jalr t9 */
+ /* Try converting JAL to BAL and J(AL)R to B(AL), if the target is in
+ range. */
+ if (!info->relocatable
+ && !cross_mode_jump_p
+ && ((JAL_TO_BAL_P (input_bfd)
+ && r_type == R_MIPS_26
+ && (x >> 26) == 0x3) /* jal addr */
+ || (JALR_TO_BAL_P (input_bfd)
+ && r_type == R_MIPS_JALR
+ && x == 0x0320f809) /* jalr t9 */
+ || (JR_TO_B_P (input_bfd)
+ && r_type == R_MIPS_JALR
+ && x == 0x03200008))) /* jr t9 */
{
bfd_vma addr;
bfd_vma dest;
dest = value;
off = dest - addr;
if (off <= 0x1ffff && off >= -0x20000)
- x = 0x04110000 | (((bfd_vma) off >> 2) & 0xffff); /* bal addr */
+ {
+ if (x == 0x03200008) /* jr t9 */
+ x = 0x10000000 | (((bfd_vma) off >> 2) & 0xffff); /* b addr */
+ else
+ x = 0x04110000 | (((bfd_vma) off >> 2) & 0xffff); /* bal addr */
+ }
}
/* Put the value into the output. */
bfd_put (8 * bfd_get_reloc_size (howto), input_bfd, x, location);
- _bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_shuffle(input_bfd, r_type, !info->relocatable,
- location);
+ _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_shuffle (input_bfd, r_type, !info->relocatable,
+ location);
return TRUE;
}
-
-/* Returns TRUE if SECTION is a MIPS16 stub section. */
-
-static bfd_boolean
-mips_elf_stub_section_p (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, asection *section)
-{
- const char *name = bfd_get_section_name (abfd, section);
-
- return (strncmp (name, FN_STUB, sizeof FN_STUB - 1) == 0
- || strncmp (name, CALL_STUB, sizeof CALL_STUB - 1) == 0
- || strncmp (name, CALL_FP_STUB, sizeof CALL_FP_STUB - 1) == 0);
-}
\f
-/* Add room for N relocations to the .rel.dyn section in ABFD. */
-
-static void
-mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (bfd *abfd, unsigned int n)
-{
- asection *s;
-
- s = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (abfd, FALSE);
- BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
-
- if (s->size == 0)
- {
- /* Make room for a null element. */
- s->size += MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (abfd);
- ++s->reloc_count;
- }
- s->size += n * MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (abfd);
-}
-
/* Create a rel.dyn relocation for the dynamic linker to resolve. REL
is the original relocation, which is now being transformed into a
dynamic relocation. The ADDENDP is adjusted if necessary; the
int r_type;
long indx;
bfd_boolean defined_p;
+ struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
+
+ htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
+ BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd, rel->r_info);
dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
- sreloc = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (dynobj, FALSE);
+ sreloc = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, FALSE);
BFD_ASSERT (sreloc != NULL);
BFD_ASSERT (sreloc->contents != NULL);
BFD_ASSERT (sreloc->reloc_count * MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (output_bfd)
outrel[0].r_offset =
_bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info, input_section, rel[0].r_offset);
- outrel[1].r_offset =
- _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info, input_section, rel[1].r_offset);
- outrel[2].r_offset =
- _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info, input_section, rel[2].r_offset);
+ if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd))
+ {
+ outrel[1].r_offset =
+ _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info, input_section, rel[1].r_offset);
+ outrel[2].r_offset =
+ _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info, input_section, rel[2].r_offset);
+ }
if (outrel[0].r_offset == MINUS_ONE)
/* The relocation field has been deleted. */
/* We must now calculate the dynamic symbol table index to use
in the relocation. */
- if (h != NULL
- && (! info->symbolic || !h->root.def_regular)
- /* h->root.dynindx may be -1 if this symbol was marked to
- become local. */
- && h->root.dynindx != -1)
+ if (h != NULL && ! SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, &h->root))
{
+ BFD_ASSERT (htab->is_vxworks || h->global_got_area != GGA_NONE);
indx = h->root.dynindx;
if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd))
defined_p = h->root.def_regular;
else
{
indx = elf_section_data (sec->output_section)->dynindx;
+ if (indx == 0)
+ {
+ asection *osec = htab->root.text_index_section;
+ indx = elf_section_data (osec)->dynindx;
+ }
if (indx == 0)
abort ();
}
if (defined_p && r_type != R_MIPS_REL32)
*addendp += symbol;
- /* The relocation is always an REL32 relocation because we don't
- know where the shared library will wind up at load-time. */
- outrel[0].r_info = ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd, (unsigned long) indx,
- R_MIPS_REL32);
+ if (htab->is_vxworks)
+ /* VxWorks uses non-relative relocations for this. */
+ outrel[0].r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, R_MIPS_32);
+ else
+ /* The relocation is always an REL32 relocation because we don't
+ know where the shared library will wind up at load-time. */
+ outrel[0].r_info = ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd, (unsigned long) indx,
+ R_MIPS_REL32);
+
/* For strict adherence to the ABI specification, we should
generate a R_MIPS_64 relocation record by itself before the
_REL32/_64 record as well, such that the addend is read in as
(sreloc->contents
+ sreloc->reloc_count * sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel)));
}
+ else if (htab->is_vxworks)
+ {
+ /* VxWorks uses RELA rather than REL dynamic relocations. */
+ outrel[0].r_addend = *addendp;
+ bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out
+ (output_bfd, &outrel[0],
+ (sreloc->contents
+ + sreloc->reloc_count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela)));
+ }
else
bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out
(output_bfd, &outrel[0],
}
}
+ /* If we've written this relocation for a readonly section,
+ we need to set DF_TEXTREL again, so that we do not delete the
+ DT_TEXTREL tag. */
+ if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (input_section))
+ info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
+
return TRUE;
}
\f
case E_MIPS_MACH_SB1:
return bfd_mach_mips_sb1;
+ case E_MIPS_MACH_LS2E:
+ return bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2e;
+
+ case E_MIPS_MACH_LS2F:
+ return bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2f;
+
+ case E_MIPS_MACH_LS3A:
+ return bfd_mach_mips_loongson_3a;
+
+ case E_MIPS_MACH_OCTEON:
+ return bfd_mach_mips_octeon;
+
+ case E_MIPS_MACH_XLR:
+ return bfd_mach_mips_xlr;
+
default:
switch (flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH)
{
default:
case E_MIPS_ARCH_1:
return bfd_mach_mips3000;
- break;
case E_MIPS_ARCH_2:
return bfd_mach_mips6000;
- break;
case E_MIPS_ARCH_3:
return bfd_mach_mips4000;
- break;
case E_MIPS_ARCH_4:
return bfd_mach_mips8000;
- break;
case E_MIPS_ARCH_5:
return bfd_mach_mips5;
- break;
case E_MIPS_ARCH_32:
return bfd_mach_mipsisa32;
- break;
case E_MIPS_ARCH_64:
return bfd_mach_mipsisa64;
- break;
case E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2:
return bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2;
- break;
case E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2:
return bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2;
- break;
}
}
static asymbol mips_elf_acom_symbol;
static asymbol *mips_elf_acom_symbol_ptr;
-/* Handle the special MIPS section numbers that a symbol may use.
- This is used for both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. */
+/* This is used for both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. */
void
_bfd_mips_elf_symbol_processing (bfd *abfd, asymbol *asym)
{
elf_symbol_type *elfsym;
+ /* Handle the special MIPS section numbers that a symbol may use. */
elfsym = (elf_symbol_type *) asym;
switch (elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx)
{
/* Common symbols less than the GP size are automatically
treated as SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON symbols on IRIX5. */
if (asym->value > elf_gp_size (abfd)
+ || ELF_ST_TYPE (elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_info) == STT_TLS
|| IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix6)
break;
/* Fall through. */
}
break;
}
+
+ /* If this is an odd-valued function symbol, assume it's a MIPS16
+ or microMIPS one. */
+ if (ELF_ST_TYPE (elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_info) == STT_FUNC
+ && (asym->value & 1) != 0)
+ {
+ asym->value--;
+ if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MICROMIPS)
+ elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_other
+ = ELF_ST_SET_MICROMIPS (elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_other);
+ else
+ elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_other
+ = ELF_ST_SET_MIPS16 (elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_other);
+ }
}
\f
/* Implement elf_backend_eh_frame_address_size. This differs from
bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_in (abfd, (Elf_External_Options *) l,
&intopt);
+ if (intopt.size < sizeof (Elf_External_Options))
+ {
+ (*_bfd_error_handler)
+ (_("%B: Warning: bad `%s' option size %u smaller than its header"),
+ abfd, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd), intopt.size);
+ break;
+ }
if (ABI_64_P (abfd) && intopt.kind == ODK_REGINFO)
{
bfd_byte buf[8];
{
const char *name = bfd_get_section_name (abfd, hdr->bfd_section);
+ /* .sbss is not handled specially here because the GNU/Linux
+ prelinker can convert .sbss from NOBITS to PROGBITS and
+ changing it back to NOBITS breaks the binary. The entry in
+ _bfd_mips_elf_special_sections will ensure the correct flags
+ are set on .sbss if BFD creates it without reading it from an
+ input file, and without special handling here the flags set
+ on it in an input file will be followed. */
if (strcmp (name, ".sdata") == 0
|| strcmp (name, ".lit8") == 0
|| strcmp (name, ".lit4") == 0)
hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_ALLOC | SHF_WRITE | SHF_MIPS_GPREL;
hdr->sh_type = SHT_PROGBITS;
}
- else if (strcmp (name, ".sbss") == 0)
- {
- hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_ALLOC | SHF_WRITE | SHF_MIPS_GPREL;
- hdr->sh_type = SHT_NOBITS;
- }
else if (strcmp (name, ".srdata") == 0)
{
hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_ALLOC | SHF_MIPS_GPREL;
how to. */
bfd_boolean
-_bfd_mips_elf_section_from_shdr (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr,
- const char *name)
+_bfd_mips_elf_section_from_shdr (bfd *abfd,
+ Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr,
+ const char *name,
+ int shindex)
{
flagword flags = 0;
return FALSE;
break;
case SHT_MIPS_GPTAB:
- if (strncmp (name, ".gptab.", sizeof ".gptab." - 1) != 0)
+ if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".gptab."))
return FALSE;
break;
case SHT_MIPS_UCODE:
return FALSE;
break;
case SHT_MIPS_CONTENT:
- if (strncmp (name, ".MIPS.content", sizeof ".MIPS.content" - 1) != 0)
+ if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".MIPS.content"))
return FALSE;
break;
case SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS:
- if (strcmp (name, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd)) != 0)
+ if (!MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME_P (name))
return FALSE;
break;
case SHT_MIPS_DWARF:
- if (strncmp (name, ".debug_", sizeof ".debug_" - 1) != 0)
+ if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".debug_")
+ && ! CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".zdebug_"))
return FALSE;
break;
case SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB:
return FALSE;
break;
case SHT_MIPS_EVENTS:
- if (strncmp (name, ".MIPS.events", sizeof ".MIPS.events" - 1) != 0
- && strncmp (name, ".MIPS.post_rel",
- sizeof ".MIPS.post_rel" - 1) != 0)
+ if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".MIPS.events")
+ && ! CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".MIPS.post_rel"))
return FALSE;
break;
default:
- return FALSE;
+ break;
}
- if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name))
+ if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex))
return FALSE;
if (flags)
bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_in (abfd, (Elf_External_Options *) l,
&intopt);
+ if (intopt.size < sizeof (Elf_External_Options))
+ {
+ (*_bfd_error_handler)
+ (_("%B: Warning: bad `%s' option size %u smaller than its header"),
+ abfd, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd), intopt.size);
+ break;
+ }
if (ABI_64_P (abfd) && intopt.kind == ODK_REGINFO)
{
Elf64_Internal_RegInfo intreg;
bfd_boolean
_bfd_mips_elf_fake_sections (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr, asection *sec)
{
- register const char *name;
-
- name = bfd_get_section_name (abfd, sec);
+ const char *name = bfd_get_section_name (abfd, sec);
if (strcmp (name, ".liblist") == 0)
{
}
else if (strcmp (name, ".conflict") == 0)
hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_CONFLICT;
- else if (strncmp (name, ".gptab.", sizeof ".gptab." - 1) == 0)
+ else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".gptab."))
{
hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_GPTAB;
hdr->sh_entsize = sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab);
hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_IFACE;
hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP;
}
- else if (strncmp (name, ".MIPS.content", strlen (".MIPS.content")) == 0)
+ else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".MIPS.content"))
{
hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_CONTENT;
hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP;
/* The sh_info field is set in final_write_processing. */
}
- else if (strcmp (name, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd)) == 0)
+ else if (MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME_P (name))
{
hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS;
hdr->sh_entsize = 1;
hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP;
}
- else if (strncmp (name, ".debug_", sizeof ".debug_" - 1) == 0)
- hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_DWARF;
+ else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".debug_")
+ || CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".zdebug_"))
+ {
+ hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_DWARF;
+
+ /* Irix facilities such as libexc expect a single .debug_frame
+ per executable, the system ones have NOSTRIP set and the linker
+ doesn't merge sections with different flags so ... */
+ if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd) && CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".debug_frame"))
+ hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP;
+ }
else if (strcmp (name, ".MIPS.symlib") == 0)
{
hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB;
/* The sh_link and sh_info fields are set in
final_write_processing. */
}
- else if (strncmp (name, ".MIPS.events", sizeof ".MIPS.events" - 1) == 0
- || strncmp (name, ".MIPS.post_rel",
- sizeof ".MIPS.post_rel" - 1) == 0)
+ else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".MIPS.events")
+ || CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".MIPS.post_rel"))
{
hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_EVENTS;
hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP;
return TRUE;
}
+ /* Shared objects may have a dynamic symbol '_gp_disp' defined as
+ a SECTION *ABS*. This causes ld to think it can resolve _gp_disp
+ by setting a DT_NEEDED for the shared object. Since _gp_disp is
+ a magic symbol resolved by the linker, we ignore this bogus definition
+ of _gp_disp. New ABI objects do not suffer from this problem so this
+ is not done for them. */
+ if (!NEWABI_P(abfd)
+ && (sym->st_shndx == SHN_ABS)
+ && (strcmp (*namep, "_gp_disp") == 0))
+ {
+ *namep = NULL;
+ return TRUE;
+ }
+
switch (sym->st_shndx)
{
case SHN_COMMON:
/* Common symbols less than the GP size are automatically
treated as SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON symbols. */
if (sym->st_size > elf_gp_size (abfd)
+ || ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_TLS
|| IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix6)
break;
/* Fall through. */
if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd)
&& ! info->shared
- && info->hash->creator == abfd->xvec
+ && info->output_bfd->xvec == abfd->xvec
&& strcmp (*namep, "__rld_obj_head") == 0)
{
struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
/* If this is a mips16 text symbol, add 1 to the value to make it
odd. This will cause something like .word SYM to come up with
the right value when it is loaded into the PC. */
- if (sym->st_other == STO_MIPS16)
+ if (ELF_ST_IS_COMPRESSED (sym->st_other))
++*valp;
return TRUE;
symbol. We mark symbols as small common if appropriate. This is
also where we undo the increment of the value for a mips16 symbol. */
-bfd_boolean
+int
_bfd_mips_elf_link_output_symbol_hook
(struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
const char *name ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, Elf_Internal_Sym *sym,
&& strcmp (input_sec->name, ".scommon") == 0)
sym->st_shndx = SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON;
- if (sym->st_other == STO_MIPS16)
+ if (ELF_ST_IS_COMPRESSED (sym->st_other))
sym->st_value &= ~1;
- return TRUE;
+ return 1;
}
\f
/* Functions for the dynamic linker. */
flagword flags;
register asection *s;
const char * const *namep;
+ struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
+
+ htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
+ BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED | SEC_READONLY);
- /* Mips ABI requests the .dynamic section to be read only. */
- s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic");
- if (s != NULL)
+ /* The psABI requires a read-only .dynamic section, but the VxWorks
+ EABI doesn't. */
+ if (!htab->is_vxworks)
{
- if (! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, s, flags))
- return FALSE;
+ s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic");
+ if (s != NULL)
+ {
+ if (! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, s, flags))
+ return FALSE;
+ }
}
/* We need to create .got section. */
- if (! mips_elf_create_got_section (abfd, info, FALSE))
+ if (!mips_elf_create_got_section (abfd, info))
return FALSE;
- if (! mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj, TRUE))
+ if (! mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, TRUE))
return FALSE;
/* Create .stub section. */
- if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd,
- MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (abfd)) == NULL)
- {
- s = bfd_make_section (abfd, MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (abfd));
- if (s == NULL
- || ! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, s, flags | SEC_CODE)
- || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s,
- MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd)))
- return FALSE;
- }
+ s = bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd,
+ MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (abfd),
+ flags | SEC_CODE);
+ if (s == NULL
+ || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s,
+ MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd)))
+ return FALSE;
+ htab->sstubs = s;
if ((IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix5 || IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_none)
&& !info->shared
&& bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".rld_map") == NULL)
{
- s = bfd_make_section (abfd, ".rld_map");
+ s = bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd, ".rld_map",
+ flags &~ (flagword) SEC_READONLY);
if (s == NULL
- || ! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, s, flags &~ (flagword) SEC_READONLY)
|| ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s,
MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd)))
return FALSE;
}
}
+ /* Create the .plt, .rel(a).plt, .dynbss and .rel(a).bss sections.
+ Also create the _PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE symbol. */
+ if (!_bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections (abfd, info))
+ return FALSE;
+
+ /* Cache the sections created above. */
+ htab->splt = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".plt");
+ htab->sdynbss = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynbss");
+ if (htab->is_vxworks)
+ {
+ htab->srelbss = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".rela.bss");
+ htab->srelplt = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".rela.plt");
+ }
+ else
+ htab->srelplt = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".rel.plt");
+ if (!htab->sdynbss
+ || (htab->is_vxworks && !htab->srelbss && !info->shared)
+ || !htab->srelplt
+ || !htab->splt)
+ abort ();
+
+ if (htab->is_vxworks)
+ {
+ /* Do the usual VxWorks handling. */
+ if (!elf_vxworks_create_dynamic_sections (abfd, info, &htab->srelplt2))
+ return FALSE;
+
+ /* Work out the PLT sizes. */
+ if (info->shared)
+ {
+ htab->plt_header_size
+ = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_shared_plt0_entry);
+ htab->plt_entry_size
+ = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_shared_plt_entry);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ htab->plt_header_size
+ = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_exec_plt0_entry);
+ htab->plt_entry_size
+ = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_exec_plt_entry);
+ }
+ }
+ else if (!info->shared)
+ {
+ /* All variants of the plt0 entry are the same size. */
+ htab->plt_header_size = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_o32_exec_plt0_entry);
+ htab->plt_entry_size = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_exec_plt_entry);
+ }
+
return TRUE;
}
\f
+/* Return true if relocation REL against section SEC is a REL rather than
+ RELA relocation. RELOCS is the first relocation in the section and
+ ABFD is the bfd that contains SEC. */
+
+static bfd_boolean
+mips_elf_rel_relocation_p (bfd *abfd, asection *sec,
+ const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs,
+ const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel)
+{
+ Elf_Internal_Shdr *rel_hdr;
+ const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
+
+ /* To determine which flavor of relocation this is, we depend on the
+ fact that the INPUT_SECTION's REL_HDR is read before RELA_HDR. */
+ rel_hdr = elf_section_data (sec)->rel.hdr;
+ if (rel_hdr == NULL)
+ return FALSE;
+ bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
+ return ((size_t) (rel - relocs)
+ < NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (rel_hdr) * bed->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel);
+}
+
+/* Read the addend for REL relocation REL, which belongs to bfd ABFD.
+ HOWTO is the relocation's howto and CONTENTS points to the contents
+ of the section that REL is against. */
+
+static bfd_vma
+mips_elf_read_rel_addend (bfd *abfd, const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel,
+ reloc_howto_type *howto, bfd_byte *contents)
+{
+ bfd_byte *location;
+ unsigned int r_type;
+ bfd_vma addend;
+
+ r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (abfd, rel->r_info);
+ location = contents + rel->r_offset;
+
+ /* Get the addend, which is stored in the input file. */
+ _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_unshuffle (abfd, r_type, FALSE, location);
+ addend = mips_elf_obtain_contents (howto, rel, abfd, contents);
+ _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_shuffle (abfd, r_type, FALSE, location);
+
+ return addend & howto->src_mask;
+}
+
+/* REL is a relocation in ABFD that needs a partnering LO16 relocation
+ and *ADDEND is the addend for REL itself. Look for the LO16 relocation
+ and update *ADDEND with the final addend. Return true on success
+ or false if the LO16 could not be found. RELEND is the exclusive
+ upper bound on the relocations for REL's section. */
+
+static bfd_boolean
+mips_elf_add_lo16_rel_addend (bfd *abfd,
+ const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel,
+ const Elf_Internal_Rela *relend,
+ bfd_byte *contents, bfd_vma *addend)
+{
+ unsigned int r_type, lo16_type;
+ const Elf_Internal_Rela *lo16_relocation;
+ reloc_howto_type *lo16_howto;
+ bfd_vma l;
+
+ r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (abfd, rel->r_info);
+ if (mips16_reloc_p (r_type))
+ lo16_type = R_MIPS16_LO16;
+ else if (micromips_reloc_p (r_type))
+ lo16_type = R_MICROMIPS_LO16;
+ else
+ lo16_type = R_MIPS_LO16;
+
+ /* The combined value is the sum of the HI16 addend, left-shifted by
+ sixteen bits, and the LO16 addend, sign extended. (Usually, the
+ code does a `lui' of the HI16 value, and then an `addiu' of the
+ LO16 value.)
+
+ Scan ahead to find a matching LO16 relocation.
+
+ According to the MIPS ELF ABI, the R_MIPS_LO16 relocation must
+ be immediately following. However, for the IRIX6 ABI, the next
+ relocation may be a composed relocation consisting of several
+ relocations for the same address. In that case, the R_MIPS_LO16
+ relocation may occur as one of these. We permit a similar
+ extension in general, as that is useful for GCC.
+
+ In some cases GCC dead code elimination removes the LO16 but keeps
+ the corresponding HI16. This is strictly speaking a violation of
+ the ABI but not immediately harmful. */
+ lo16_relocation = mips_elf_next_relocation (abfd, lo16_type, rel, relend);
+ if (lo16_relocation == NULL)
+ return FALSE;
+
+ /* Obtain the addend kept there. */
+ lo16_howto = MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd, lo16_type, FALSE);
+ l = mips_elf_read_rel_addend (abfd, lo16_relocation, lo16_howto, contents);
+
+ l <<= lo16_howto->rightshift;
+ l = _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (l, 16);
+
+ *addend <<= 16;
+ *addend += l;
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+/* Try to read the contents of section SEC in bfd ABFD. Return true and
+ store the contents in *CONTENTS on success. Assume that *CONTENTS
+ already holds the contents if it is nonull on entry. */
+
+static bfd_boolean
+mips_elf_get_section_contents (bfd *abfd, asection *sec, bfd_byte **contents)
+{
+ if (*contents)
+ return TRUE;
+
+ /* Get cached copy if it exists. */
+ if (elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != NULL)
+ {
+ *contents = elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents;
+ return TRUE;
+ }
+
+ return bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, sec, contents);
+}
+
/* Look through the relocs for a section during the first phase, and
allocate space in the global offset table. */
bfd *dynobj;
Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
- struct mips_got_info *g;
size_t extsymoff;
const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel;
const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel_end;
- asection *sgot;
asection *sreloc;
const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
+ struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
+ bfd_byte *contents;
+ bfd_vma addend;
+ reloc_howto_type *howto;
if (info->relocatable)
return TRUE;
+ htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
+ BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
+
dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (abfd);
extsymoff = (elf_bad_symtab (abfd)) ? 0 : symtab_hdr->sh_info;
+ bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
+ rel_end = relocs + sec->reloc_count * bed->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel;
+
/* Check for the mips16 stub sections. */
name = bfd_get_section_name (abfd, sec);
- if (strncmp (name, FN_STUB, sizeof FN_STUB - 1) == 0)
+ if (FN_STUB_P (name))
{
unsigned long r_symndx;
/* Look at the relocation information to figure out which symbol
this is for. */
- r_symndx = ELF_R_SYM (abfd, relocs->r_info);
+ r_symndx = mips16_stub_symndx (sec, relocs, rel_end);
+ if (r_symndx == 0)
+ {
+ (*_bfd_error_handler)
+ (_("%B: Warning: cannot determine the target function for"
+ " stub section `%s'"),
+ abfd, name);
+ bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
+ return FALSE;
+ }
if (r_symndx < extsymoff
|| sym_hashes[r_symndx - extsymoff] == NULL)
/* We can ignore stub sections when looking for relocs. */
if ((o->flags & SEC_RELOC) == 0
|| o->reloc_count == 0
- || strncmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd, o), FN_STUB,
- sizeof FN_STUB - 1) == 0
- || strncmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd, o), CALL_STUB,
- sizeof CALL_STUB - 1) == 0
- || strncmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd, o), CALL_FP_STUB,
- sizeof CALL_FP_STUB - 1) == 0)
+ || section_allows_mips16_refs_p (o))
continue;
sec_relocs
rend = sec_relocs + o->reloc_count;
for (r = sec_relocs; r < rend; r++)
if (ELF_R_SYM (abfd, r->r_info) == r_symndx
- && ELF_R_TYPE (abfd, r->r_info) != R_MIPS16_26)
+ && !mips16_call_reloc_p (ELF_R_TYPE (abfd, r->r_info)))
break;
if (elf_section_data (o)->relocs != sec_relocs)
elf_tdata (abfd)->local_stubs = n;
}
+ sec->flags |= SEC_KEEP;
elf_tdata (abfd)->local_stubs[r_symndx] = sec;
/* We don't need to set mips16_stubs_seen in this case.
h = ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *)
sym_hashes[r_symndx - extsymoff]);
+ while (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
+ || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
+ h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.root.u.i.link;
+
/* H is the symbol this stub is for. */
+ /* If we already have an appropriate stub for this function, we
+ don't need another one, so we can discard this one. Since
+ this function is called before the linker maps input sections
+ to output sections, we can easily discard it by setting the
+ SEC_EXCLUDE flag. */
+ if (h->fn_stub != NULL)
+ {
+ sec->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
+ return TRUE;
+ }
+
+ sec->flags |= SEC_KEEP;
h->fn_stub = sec;
mips_elf_hash_table (info)->mips16_stubs_seen = TRUE;
}
}
- else if (strncmp (name, CALL_STUB, sizeof CALL_STUB - 1) == 0
- || strncmp (name, CALL_FP_STUB, sizeof CALL_FP_STUB - 1) == 0)
+ else if (CALL_STUB_P (name) || CALL_FP_STUB_P (name))
{
unsigned long r_symndx;
struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h;
/* Look at the relocation information to figure out which symbol
this is for. */
- r_symndx = ELF_R_SYM (abfd, relocs->r_info);
+ r_symndx = mips16_stub_symndx (sec, relocs, rel_end);
+ if (r_symndx == 0)
+ {
+ (*_bfd_error_handler)
+ (_("%B: Warning: cannot determine the target function for"
+ " stub section `%s'"),
+ abfd, name);
+ bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
+ return FALSE;
+ }
if (r_symndx < extsymoff
|| sym_hashes[r_symndx - extsymoff] == NULL)
{
- /* This stub was actually built for a static symbol defined
- in the same file. We assume that all static symbols in
- mips16 code are themselves mips16, so we can simply
- discard this stub. Since this function is called before
- the linker maps input sections to output sections, we can
- easily discard it by setting the SEC_EXCLUDE flag. */
- sec->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
- return TRUE;
- }
+ asection *o;
- h = ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *)
- sym_hashes[r_symndx - extsymoff]);
+ /* This stub is for a local symbol. This stub will only be
+ needed if there is some relocation (R_MIPS16_26) in this BFD
+ that refers to this symbol. */
+ for (o = abfd->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next)
+ {
+ Elf_Internal_Rela *sec_relocs;
+ const Elf_Internal_Rela *r, *rend;
- /* H is the symbol this stub is for. */
+ /* We can ignore stub sections when looking for relocs. */
+ if ((o->flags & SEC_RELOC) == 0
+ || o->reloc_count == 0
+ || section_allows_mips16_refs_p (o))
+ continue;
- if (strncmp (name, CALL_FP_STUB, sizeof CALL_FP_STUB - 1) == 0)
- loc = &h->call_fp_stub;
- else
- loc = &h->call_stub;
-
- /* If we already have an appropriate stub for this function, we
- don't need another one, so we can discard this one. Since
- this function is called before the linker maps input sections
- to output sections, we can easily discard it by setting the
- SEC_EXCLUDE flag. We can also discard this section if we
- happen to already know that this is a mips16 function; it is
- not necessary to check this here, as it is checked later, but
- it is slightly faster to check now. */
- if (*loc != NULL || h->root.other == STO_MIPS16)
- {
- sec->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
- return TRUE;
- }
+ sec_relocs
+ = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd, o, NULL, NULL,
+ info->keep_memory);
+ if (sec_relocs == NULL)
+ return FALSE;
- *loc = sec;
- mips_elf_hash_table (info)->mips16_stubs_seen = TRUE;
- }
+ rend = sec_relocs + o->reloc_count;
+ for (r = sec_relocs; r < rend; r++)
+ if (ELF_R_SYM (abfd, r->r_info) == r_symndx
+ && ELF_R_TYPE (abfd, r->r_info) == R_MIPS16_26)
+ break;
- if (dynobj == NULL)
- {
- sgot = NULL;
- g = NULL;
- }
- else
- {
- sgot = mips_elf_got_section (dynobj, FALSE);
- if (sgot == NULL)
- g = NULL;
+ if (elf_section_data (o)->relocs != sec_relocs)
+ free (sec_relocs);
+
+ if (r < rend)
+ break;
+ }
+
+ if (o == NULL)
+ {
+ /* There is no non-call reloc for this stub, so we do
+ not need it. Since this function is called before
+ the linker maps input sections to output sections, we
+ can easily discard it by setting the SEC_EXCLUDE
+ flag. */
+ sec->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
+ return TRUE;
+ }
+
+ /* Record this stub in an array of local symbol call_stubs for
+ this BFD. */
+ if (elf_tdata (abfd)->local_call_stubs == NULL)
+ {
+ unsigned long symcount;
+ asection **n;
+ bfd_size_type amt;
+
+ if (elf_bad_symtab (abfd))
+ symcount = NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr);
+ else
+ symcount = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
+ amt = symcount * sizeof (asection *);
+ n = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
+ if (n == NULL)
+ return FALSE;
+ elf_tdata (abfd)->local_call_stubs = n;
+ }
+
+ sec->flags |= SEC_KEEP;
+ elf_tdata (abfd)->local_call_stubs[r_symndx] = sec;
+
+ /* We don't need to set mips16_stubs_seen in this case.
+ That flag is used to see whether we need to look through
+ the global symbol table for stubs. We don't need to set
+ it here, because we just have a local stub. */
+ }
else
{
- BFD_ASSERT (mips_elf_section_data (sgot) != NULL);
- g = mips_elf_section_data (sgot)->u.got_info;
- BFD_ASSERT (g != NULL);
+ h = ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *)
+ sym_hashes[r_symndx - extsymoff]);
+
+ /* H is the symbol this stub is for. */
+
+ if (CALL_FP_STUB_P (name))
+ loc = &h->call_fp_stub;
+ else
+ loc = &h->call_stub;
+
+ /* If we already have an appropriate stub for this function, we
+ don't need another one, so we can discard this one. Since
+ this function is called before the linker maps input sections
+ to output sections, we can easily discard it by setting the
+ SEC_EXCLUDE flag. */
+ if (*loc != NULL)
+ {
+ sec->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
+ return TRUE;
+ }
+
+ sec->flags |= SEC_KEEP;
+ *loc = sec;
+ mips_elf_hash_table (info)->mips16_stubs_seen = TRUE;
}
}
sreloc = NULL;
- bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
- rel_end = relocs + sec->reloc_count * bed->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel;
+ contents = NULL;
for (rel = relocs; rel < rel_end; ++rel)
{
unsigned long r_symndx;
unsigned int r_type;
struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
+ bfd_boolean can_make_dynamic_p;
r_symndx = ELF_R_SYM (abfd, rel->r_info);
r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (abfd, rel->r_info);
else
{
h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - extsymoff];
-
- /* This may be an indirect symbol created because of a version. */
- if (h != NULL)
- {
- while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect)
- h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
- }
- }
-
- /* Some relocs require a global offset table. */
- if (dynobj == NULL || sgot == NULL)
- {
- switch (r_type)
- {
- case R_MIPS_GOT16:
- case R_MIPS_CALL16:
- case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16:
- case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16:
- case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16:
- case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16:
- case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE:
- case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST:
- case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP:
- if (dynobj == NULL)
- elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj = dynobj = abfd;
- if (! mips_elf_create_got_section (dynobj, info, FALSE))
- return FALSE;
- g = mips_elf_got_info (dynobj, &sgot);
- break;
-
- case R_MIPS_32:
- case R_MIPS_REL32:
- case R_MIPS_64:
- if (dynobj == NULL
- && (info->shared || h != NULL)
- && (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
- elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj = dynobj = abfd;
- break;
-
- default:
- break;
- }
- }
-
- if (!h && (r_type == R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
- || r_type == R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
- || r_type == R_MIPS_GOT_DISP))
- {
- /* We may need a local GOT entry for this relocation. We
- don't count R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE because we can estimate the
- maximum number of pages needed by looking at the size of
- the segment. Similar comments apply to R_MIPS_GOT16 and
- R_MIPS_CALL16. We don't count R_MIPS_GOT_HI16, or
- R_MIPS_CALL_HI16 because these are always followed by an
- R_MIPS_GOT_LO16 or R_MIPS_CALL_LO16. */
- if (! mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol (abfd, r_symndx,
- rel->r_addend, g))
- return FALSE;
+ while (h != NULL
+ && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
+ || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning))
+ h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
}
+ /* Set CAN_MAKE_DYNAMIC_P to true if we can convert this
+ relocation into a dynamic one. */
+ can_make_dynamic_p = FALSE;
switch (r_type)
{
+ case R_MIPS16_GOT16:
+ case R_MIPS16_CALL16:
+ case R_MIPS_GOT16:
case R_MIPS_CALL16:
- if (h == NULL)
+ case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16:
+ case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16:
+ case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16:
+ case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16:
+ case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE:
+ case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST:
+ case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP:
+ case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL:
+ case R_MIPS_TLS_GD:
+ case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM:
+ case R_MICROMIPS_GOT16:
+ case R_MICROMIPS_CALL16:
+ case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16:
+ case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16:
+ case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16:
+ case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16:
+ case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE:
+ case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_OFST:
+ case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP:
+ case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL:
+ case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD:
+ case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM:
+ if (dynobj == NULL)
+ elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj = dynobj = abfd;
+ if (!mips_elf_create_got_section (dynobj, info))
+ return FALSE;
+ if (htab->is_vxworks && !info->shared)
{
(*_bfd_error_handler)
- (_("%B: CALL16 reloc at 0x%lx not against global symbol"),
+ (_("%B: GOT reloc at 0x%lx not expected in executables"),
abfd, (unsigned long) rel->r_offset);
bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
return FALSE;
}
- /* Fall through. */
+ break;
+
+ /* This is just a hint; it can safely be ignored. Don't set
+ has_static_relocs for the corresponding symbol. */
+ case R_MIPS_JALR:
+ case R_MICROMIPS_JALR:
+ break;
+
+ case R_MIPS_32:
+ case R_MIPS_REL32:
+ case R_MIPS_64:
+ /* In VxWorks executables, references to external symbols
+ must be handled using copy relocs or PLT entries; it is not
+ possible to convert this relocation into a dynamic one.
+
+ For executables that use PLTs and copy-relocs, we have a
+ choice between converting the relocation into a dynamic
+ one or using copy relocations or PLT entries. It is
+ usually better to do the former, unless the relocation is
+ against a read-only section. */
+ if ((info->shared
+ || (h != NULL
+ && !htab->is_vxworks
+ && strcmp (h->root.root.string, "__gnu_local_gp") != 0
+ && !(!info->nocopyreloc
+ && !PIC_OBJECT_P (abfd)
+ && MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (sec))))
+ && (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
+ {
+ can_make_dynamic_p = TRUE;
+ if (dynobj == NULL)
+ elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj = dynobj = abfd;
+ break;
+ }
+ /* For sections that are not SEC_ALLOC a copy reloc would be
+ output if possible (implying questionable semantics for
+ read-only data objects) or otherwise the final link would
+ fail as ld.so will not process them and could not therefore
+ handle any outstanding dynamic relocations.
+
+ For such sections that are also SEC_DEBUGGING, we can avoid
+ these problems by simply ignoring any relocs as these
+ sections have a predefined use and we know it is safe to do
+ so.
+
+ This is needed in cases such as a global symbol definition
+ in a shared library causing a common symbol from an object
+ file to be converted to an undefined reference. If that
+ happens, then all the relocations against this symbol from
+ SEC_DEBUGGING sections in the object file will resolve to
+ nil. */
+ if ((sec->flags & SEC_DEBUGGING) != 0)
+ break;
+ /* Fall through. */
+
+ default:
+ /* Most static relocations require pointer equality, except
+ for branches. */
+ if (h)
+ h->pointer_equality_needed = TRUE;
+ /* Fall through. */
+
+ case R_MIPS_26:
+ case R_MIPS_PC16:
+ case R_MIPS16_26:
+ case R_MICROMIPS_26_S1:
+ case R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1:
+ case R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1:
+ case R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1:
+ case R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2:
+ if (h)
+ ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h)->has_static_relocs = TRUE;
+ break;
+ }
+
+ if (h)
+ {
+ /* Relocations against the special VxWorks __GOTT_BASE__ and
+ __GOTT_INDEX__ symbols must be left to the loader. Allocate
+ room for them in .rela.dyn. */
+ if (is_gott_symbol (info, h))
+ {
+ if (sreloc == NULL)
+ {
+ sreloc = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, TRUE);
+ if (sreloc == NULL)
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+ mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj, info, 1);
+ if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (sec))
+ /* We tell the dynamic linker that there are
+ relocations against the text segment. */
+ info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
+ }
+ }
+ else if (call_lo16_reloc_p (r_type)
+ || got_lo16_reloc_p (r_type)
+ || got_disp_reloc_p (r_type)
+ || (got16_reloc_p (r_type) && htab->is_vxworks))
+ {
+ /* We may need a local GOT entry for this relocation. We
+ don't count R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE because we can estimate the
+ maximum number of pages needed by looking at the size of
+ the segment. Similar comments apply to R_MIPS*_GOT16 and
+ R_MIPS*_CALL16, except on VxWorks, where GOT relocations
+ always evaluate to "G". We don't count R_MIPS_GOT_HI16, or
+ R_MIPS_CALL_HI16 because these are always followed by an
+ R_MIPS_GOT_LO16 or R_MIPS_CALL_LO16. */
+ if (!mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol (abfd, r_symndx,
+ rel->r_addend, info, 0))
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+
+ if (h != NULL && mips_elf_relocation_needs_la25_stub (abfd, r_type))
+ ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h)->has_nonpic_branches = TRUE;
+
+ switch (r_type)
+ {
+ case R_MIPS_CALL16:
+ case R_MIPS16_CALL16:
+ case R_MICROMIPS_CALL16:
+ if (h == NULL)
+ {
+ (*_bfd_error_handler)
+ (_("%B: CALL16 reloc at 0x%lx not against global symbol"),
+ abfd, (unsigned long) rel->r_offset);
+ bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+ /* Fall through. */
case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16:
case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16:
+ case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16:
+ case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16:
if (h != NULL)
{
- /* This symbol requires a global offset table entry. */
- if (! mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h, abfd, info, g))
+ /* Make sure there is room in the regular GOT to hold the
+ function's address. We may eliminate it in favour of
+ a .got.plt entry later; see mips_elf_count_got_symbols. */
+ if (!mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h, abfd, info, TRUE, 0))
return FALSE;
/* We need a stub, not a plt entry for the undefined
break;
case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE:
+ case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE:
/* If this is a global, overridable symbol, GOT_PAGE will
decay to GOT_DISP, so we'll need a GOT entry for it. */
- if (h == NULL)
- break;
- else
+ if (h)
{
struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hmips =
(struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
- while (hmips->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
- || hmips->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
- hmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *)
- hmips->root.root.u.i.link;
-
+ /* This symbol is definitely not overridable. */
if (hmips->root.def_regular
&& ! (info->shared && ! info->symbolic
&& ! hmips->root.forced_local))
- break;
+ h = NULL;
}
/* Fall through. */
+ case R_MIPS16_GOT16:
case R_MIPS_GOT16:
case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16:
case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16:
+ case R_MICROMIPS_GOT16:
+ case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16:
+ case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16:
+ if (!h || got_page_reloc_p (r_type))
+ {
+ /* This relocation needs (or may need, if h != NULL) a
+ page entry in the GOT. For R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE we do not
+ know for sure until we know whether the symbol is
+ preemptible. */
+ if (mips_elf_rel_relocation_p (abfd, sec, relocs, rel))
+ {
+ if (!mips_elf_get_section_contents (abfd, sec, &contents))
+ return FALSE;
+ howto = MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd, r_type, FALSE);
+ addend = mips_elf_read_rel_addend (abfd, rel,
+ howto, contents);
+ if (got16_reloc_p (r_type))
+ mips_elf_add_lo16_rel_addend (abfd, rel, rel_end,
+ contents, &addend);
+ else
+ addend <<= howto->rightshift;
+ }
+ else
+ addend = rel->r_addend;
+ if (!mips_elf_record_got_page_entry (info, abfd, r_symndx,
+ addend))
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+ /* Fall through. */
+
case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP:
- /* This symbol requires a global offset table entry. */
- if (h && ! mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h, abfd, info, g))
+ case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP:
+ if (h && !mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h, abfd, info,
+ FALSE, 0))
return FALSE;
break;
+ case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL:
+ case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL:
+ if (info->shared)
+ info->flags |= DF_STATIC_TLS;
+ /* Fall through */
+
+ case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM:
+ case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM:
+ if (tls_ldm_reloc_p (r_type))
+ {
+ r_symndx = STN_UNDEF;
+ h = NULL;
+ }
+ /* Fall through */
+
+ case R_MIPS_TLS_GD:
+ case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD:
+ /* This symbol requires a global offset table entry, or two
+ for TLS GD relocations. */
+ {
+ unsigned char flag;
+
+ flag = (tls_gd_reloc_p (r_type)
+ ? GOT_TLS_GD
+ : tls_ldm_reloc_p (r_type) ? GOT_TLS_LDM : GOT_TLS_IE);
+ if (h != NULL)
+ {
+ struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hmips =
+ (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
+ hmips->tls_type |= flag;
+
+ if (h && !mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h, abfd, info,
+ FALSE, flag))
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ BFD_ASSERT (flag == GOT_TLS_LDM || r_symndx != STN_UNDEF);
+
+ if (!mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol (abfd, r_symndx,
+ rel->r_addend,
+ info, flag))
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+ }
+ break;
+
case R_MIPS_32:
case R_MIPS_REL32:
case R_MIPS_64:
- if ((info->shared || h != NULL)
- && (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
+ /* In VxWorks executables, references to external symbols
+ are handled using copy relocs or PLT stubs, so there's
+ no need to add a .rela.dyn entry for this relocation. */
+ if (can_make_dynamic_p)
{
if (sreloc == NULL)
{
- sreloc = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (dynobj, TRUE);
+ sreloc = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, TRUE);
if (sreloc == NULL)
return FALSE;
}
-#define MIPS_READONLY_SECTION (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY)
- if (info->shared)
+ if (info->shared && h == NULL)
{
/* When creating a shared object, we must copy these
reloc types into the output file as R_MIPS_REL32
- relocs. We make room for this reloc in the
- .rel.dyn reloc section. */
- mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj, 1);
- if ((sec->flags & MIPS_READONLY_SECTION)
- == MIPS_READONLY_SECTION)
+ relocs. Make room for this reloc in .rel(a).dyn. */
+ mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj, info, 1);
+ if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (sec))
/* We tell the dynamic linker that there are
relocations against the text segment. */
info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
{
struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hmips;
- /* We only need to copy this reloc if the symbol is
- defined in a dynamic object. */
+ /* For a shared object, we must copy this relocation
+ unless the symbol turns out to be undefined and
+ weak with non-default visibility, in which case
+ it will be left as zero.
+
+ We could elide R_MIPS_REL32 for locally binding symbols
+ in shared libraries, but do not yet do so.
+
+ For an executable, we only need to copy this
+ reloc if the symbol is defined in a dynamic
+ object. */
hmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
++hmips->possibly_dynamic_relocs;
- if ((sec->flags & MIPS_READONLY_SECTION)
- == MIPS_READONLY_SECTION)
+ if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (sec))
/* We need it to tell the dynamic linker if there
are relocations against the text segment. */
hmips->readonly_reloc = TRUE;
}
-
- /* Even though we don't directly need a GOT entry for
- this symbol, a symbol must have a dynamic symbol
- table index greater that DT_MIPS_GOTSYM if there are
- dynamic relocations against it. */
- if (h != NULL)
- {
- if (dynobj == NULL)
- elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj = dynobj = abfd;
- if (! mips_elf_create_got_section (dynobj, info, TRUE))
- return FALSE;
- g = mips_elf_got_info (dynobj, &sgot);
- if (! mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h, abfd, info, g))
- return FALSE;
- }
}
if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd))
case R_MIPS_GPREL16:
case R_MIPS_LITERAL:
case R_MIPS_GPREL32:
+ case R_MICROMIPS_26_S1:
+ case R_MICROMIPS_GPREL16:
+ case R_MICROMIPS_LITERAL:
+ case R_MICROMIPS_GPREL7_S2:
if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd))
mips_elf_hash_table (info)->compact_rel_size +=
sizeof (Elf32_External_crinfo);
/* This relocation describes which C++ vtable entries are actually
used. Record for later use during GC. */
case R_MIPS_GNU_VTENTRY:
- if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtentry (abfd, sec, h, rel->r_offset))
+ BFD_ASSERT (h != NULL);
+ if (h != NULL
+ && !bfd_elf_gc_record_vtentry (abfd, sec, h, rel->r_offset))
return FALSE;
break;
}
/* We must not create a stub for a symbol that has relocations
- related to taking the function's address. */
- switch (r_type)
- {
- default:
- if (h != NULL)
- {
- struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *mh;
-
- mh = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
- mh->no_fn_stub = TRUE;
- }
- break;
- case R_MIPS_CALL16:
- case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16:
- case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16:
- case R_MIPS_JALR:
- break;
- }
+ related to taking the function's address. This doesn't apply to
+ VxWorks, where CALL relocs refer to a .got.plt entry instead of
+ a normal .got entry. */
+ if (!htab->is_vxworks && h != NULL)
+ switch (r_type)
+ {
+ default:
+ ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h)->no_fn_stub = TRUE;
+ break;
+ case R_MIPS16_CALL16:
+ case R_MIPS_CALL16:
+ case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16:
+ case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16:
+ case R_MIPS_JALR:
+ case R_MICROMIPS_CALL16:
+ case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16:
+ case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16:
+ case R_MICROMIPS_JALR:
+ break;
+ }
- /* If this reloc is not a 16 bit call, and it has a global
- symbol, then we will need the fn_stub if there is one.
- References from a stub section do not count. */
+ /* See if this reloc would need to refer to a MIPS16 hard-float stub,
+ if there is one. We only need to handle global symbols here;
+ we decide whether to keep or delete stubs for local symbols
+ when processing the stub's relocations. */
if (h != NULL
- && r_type != R_MIPS16_26
- && strncmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd, sec), FN_STUB,
- sizeof FN_STUB - 1) != 0
- && strncmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd, sec), CALL_STUB,
- sizeof CALL_STUB - 1) != 0
- && strncmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd, sec), CALL_FP_STUB,
- sizeof CALL_FP_STUB - 1) != 0)
+ && !mips16_call_reloc_p (r_type)
+ && !section_allows_mips16_refs_p (sec))
{
struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *mh;
mh = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
mh->need_fn_stub = TRUE;
}
+
+ /* Refuse some position-dependent relocations when creating a
+ shared library. Do not refuse R_MIPS_32 / R_MIPS_64; they're
+ not PIC, but we can create dynamic relocations and the result
+ will be fine. Also do not refuse R_MIPS_LO16, which can be
+ combined with R_MIPS_GOT16. */
+ if (info->shared)
+ {
+ switch (r_type)
+ {
+ case R_MIPS16_HI16:
+ case R_MIPS_HI16:
+ case R_MIPS_HIGHER:
+ case R_MIPS_HIGHEST:
+ case R_MICROMIPS_HI16:
+ case R_MICROMIPS_HIGHER:
+ case R_MICROMIPS_HIGHEST:
+ /* Don't refuse a high part relocation if it's against
+ no symbol (e.g. part of a compound relocation). */
+ if (r_symndx == STN_UNDEF)
+ break;
+
+ /* R_MIPS_HI16 against _gp_disp is used for $gp setup,
+ and has a special meaning. */
+ if (!NEWABI_P (abfd) && h != NULL
+ && strcmp (h->root.root.string, "_gp_disp") == 0)
+ break;
+
+ /* Likewise __GOTT_BASE__ and __GOTT_INDEX__ on VxWorks. */
+ if (is_gott_symbol (info, h))
+ break;
+
+ /* FALLTHROUGH */
+
+ case R_MIPS16_26:
+ case R_MIPS_26:
+ case R_MICROMIPS_26_S1:
+ howto = MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd, r_type, FALSE);
+ (*_bfd_error_handler)
+ (_("%B: relocation %s against `%s' can not be used when making a shared object; recompile with -fPIC"),
+ abfd, howto->name,
+ (h) ? h->root.root.string : "a local symbol");
+ bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
+ return FALSE;
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+ }
}
return TRUE;
continue;
/* Get the section contents if we haven't done so already. */
- if (contents == NULL)
- {
- /* Get cached copy if it exists. */
- if (elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != NULL)
- contents = elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents;
- else
- {
- if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, sec, &contents))
- goto relax_return;
- }
- }
+ if (!mips_elf_get_section_contents (abfd, sec, &contents))
+ goto relax_return;
instruction = bfd_get_32 (abfd, contents + irel->r_offset);
return FALSE;
}
\f
+/* Allocate space for global sym dynamic relocs. */
+
+static bfd_boolean
+allocate_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *inf)
+{
+ struct bfd_link_info *info = inf;
+ bfd *dynobj;
+ struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hmips;
+ struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
+
+ htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
+ BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
+
+ dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
+ hmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
+
+ /* VxWorks executables are handled elsewhere; we only need to
+ allocate relocations in shared objects. */
+ if (htab->is_vxworks && !info->shared)
+ return TRUE;
+
+ /* Ignore indirect symbols. All relocations against such symbols
+ will be redirected to the target symbol. */
+ if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect)
+ return TRUE;
+
+ /* If this symbol is defined in a dynamic object, or we are creating
+ a shared library, we will need to copy any R_MIPS_32 or
+ R_MIPS_REL32 relocs against it into the output file. */
+ if (! info->relocatable
+ && hmips->possibly_dynamic_relocs != 0
+ && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak
+ || !h->def_regular
+ || info->shared))
+ {
+ bfd_boolean do_copy = TRUE;
+
+ if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
+ {
+ /* Do not copy relocations for undefined weak symbols with
+ non-default visibility. */
+ if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) != STV_DEFAULT)
+ do_copy = FALSE;
+
+ /* Make sure undefined weak symbols are output as a dynamic
+ symbol in PIEs. */
+ else if (h->dynindx == -1 && !h->forced_local)
+ {
+ if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (do_copy)
+ {
+ /* Even though we don't directly need a GOT entry for this symbol,
+ the SVR4 psABI requires it to have a dynamic symbol table
+ index greater that DT_MIPS_GOTSYM if there are dynamic
+ relocations against it.
+
+ VxWorks does not enforce the same mapping between the GOT
+ and the symbol table, so the same requirement does not
+ apply there. */
+ if (!htab->is_vxworks)
+ {
+ if (hmips->global_got_area > GGA_RELOC_ONLY)
+ hmips->global_got_area = GGA_RELOC_ONLY;
+ hmips->got_only_for_calls = FALSE;
+ }
+
+ mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations
+ (dynobj, info, hmips->possibly_dynamic_relocs);
+ if (hmips->readonly_reloc)
+ /* We tell the dynamic linker that there are relocations
+ against the text segment. */
+ info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
/* Adjust a symbol defined by a dynamic object and referenced by a
regular object. The current definition is in some section of the
dynamic object, but we're not including those sections. We have to
{
bfd *dynobj;
struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hmips;
- asection *s;
+ struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
+
+ htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
+ BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
+ hmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
/* Make sure we know what is going on here. */
BFD_ASSERT (dynobj != NULL
&& h->ref_regular
&& !h->def_regular)));
- /* If this symbol is defined in a dynamic object, we need to copy
- any R_MIPS_32 or R_MIPS_REL32 relocs against it into the output
- file. */
hmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
- if (! info->relocatable
- && hmips->possibly_dynamic_relocs != 0
- && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak
- || !h->def_regular))
- {
- mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj,
- hmips->possibly_dynamic_relocs);
- if (hmips->readonly_reloc)
- /* We tell the dynamic linker that there are relocations
- against the text segment. */
- info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
- }
- /* For a function, create a stub, if allowed. */
- if (! hmips->no_fn_stub
- && h->needs_plt)
+ /* If there are call relocations against an externally-defined symbol,
+ see whether we can create a MIPS lazy-binding stub for it. We can
+ only do this if all references to the function are through call
+ relocations, and in that case, the traditional lazy-binding stubs
+ are much more efficient than PLT entries.
+
+ Traditional stubs are only available on SVR4 psABI-based systems;
+ VxWorks always uses PLTs instead. */
+ if (!htab->is_vxworks && h->needs_plt && !hmips->no_fn_stub)
{
if (! elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
return TRUE;
executable and the shared library. */
if (!h->def_regular)
{
- /* We need .stub section. */
- s = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj,
- MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (dynobj));
- BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
+ hmips->needs_lazy_stub = TRUE;
+ htab->lazy_stub_count++;
+ return TRUE;
+ }
+ }
+ /* As above, VxWorks requires PLT entries for externally-defined
+ functions that are only accessed through call relocations.
+
+ Both VxWorks and non-VxWorks targets also need PLT entries if there
+ are static-only relocations against an externally-defined function.
+ This can technically occur for shared libraries if there are
+ branches to the symbol, although it is unlikely that this will be
+ used in practice due to the short ranges involved. It can occur
+ for any relative or absolute relocation in executables; in that
+ case, the PLT entry becomes the function's canonical address. */
+ else if (((h->needs_plt && !hmips->no_fn_stub)
+ || (h->type == STT_FUNC && hmips->has_static_relocs))
+ && htab->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
+ && !SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)
+ && !(ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) != STV_DEFAULT
+ && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak))
+ {
+ /* If this is the first symbol to need a PLT entry, allocate room
+ for the header. */
+ if (htab->splt->size == 0)
+ {
+ BFD_ASSERT (htab->sgotplt->size == 0);
+
+ /* If we're using the PLT additions to the psABI, each PLT
+ entry is 16 bytes and the PLT0 entry is 32 bytes.
+ Encourage better cache usage by aligning. We do this
+ lazily to avoid pessimizing traditional objects. */
+ if (!htab->is_vxworks
+ && !bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj, htab->splt, 5))
+ return FALSE;
+
+ /* Make sure that .got.plt is word-aligned. We do this lazily
+ for the same reason as above. */
+ if (!bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj, htab->sgotplt,
+ MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (dynobj)))
+ return FALSE;
- h->root.u.def.section = s;
- h->root.u.def.value = s->size;
+ htab->splt->size += htab->plt_header_size;
- /* XXX Write this stub address somewhere. */
- h->plt.offset = s->size;
+ /* On non-VxWorks targets, the first two entries in .got.plt
+ are reserved. */
+ if (!htab->is_vxworks)
+ htab->sgotplt->size += 2 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (dynobj);
- /* Make room for this stub code. */
- s->size += MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_SIZE;
+ /* On VxWorks, also allocate room for the header's
+ .rela.plt.unloaded entries. */
+ if (htab->is_vxworks && !info->shared)
+ htab->srelplt2->size += 2 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
+ }
- /* The last half word of the stub will be filled with the index
- of this symbol in .dynsym section. */
- return TRUE;
+ /* Assign the next .plt entry to this symbol. */
+ h->plt.offset = htab->splt->size;
+ htab->splt->size += htab->plt_entry_size;
+
+ /* If the output file has no definition of the symbol, set the
+ symbol's value to the address of the stub. */
+ if (!info->shared && !h->def_regular)
+ {
+ h->root.u.def.section = htab->splt;
+ h->root.u.def.value = h->plt.offset;
+ /* For VxWorks, point at the PLT load stub rather than the
+ lazy resolution stub; this stub will become the canonical
+ function address. */
+ if (htab->is_vxworks)
+ h->root.u.def.value += 8;
}
- }
- else if ((h->type == STT_FUNC)
- && !h->needs_plt)
- {
- /* This will set the entry for this symbol in the GOT to 0, and
- the dynamic linker will take care of this. */
- h->root.u.def.value = 0;
+
+ /* Make room for the .got.plt entry and the R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT
+ relocation. */
+ htab->sgotplt->size += MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (dynobj);
+ htab->srelplt->size += (htab->is_vxworks
+ ? MIPS_ELF_RELA_SIZE (dynobj)
+ : MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (dynobj));
+
+ /* Make room for the .rela.plt.unloaded relocations. */
+ if (htab->is_vxworks && !info->shared)
+ htab->srelplt2->size += 3 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
+
+ /* All relocations against this symbol that could have been made
+ dynamic will now refer to the PLT entry instead. */
+ hmips->possibly_dynamic_relocs = 0;
+
return TRUE;
}
return TRUE;
}
- /* This is a reference to a symbol defined by a dynamic object which
- is not a function. */
+ /* Otherwise, there is nothing further to do for symbols defined
+ in regular objects. */
+ if (h->def_regular)
+ return TRUE;
- return TRUE;
+ /* There's also nothing more to do if we'll convert all relocations
+ against this symbol into dynamic relocations. */
+ if (!hmips->has_static_relocs)
+ return TRUE;
+
+ /* We're now relying on copy relocations. Complain if we have
+ some that we can't convert. */
+ if (!htab->use_plts_and_copy_relocs || info->shared)
+ {
+ (*_bfd_error_handler) (_("non-dynamic relocations refer to "
+ "dynamic symbol %s"),
+ h->root.root.string);
+ bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+
+ /* We must allocate the symbol in our .dynbss section, which will
+ become part of the .bss section of the executable. There will be
+ an entry for this symbol in the .dynsym section. The dynamic
+ object will contain position independent code, so all references
+ from the dynamic object to this symbol will go through the global
+ offset table. The dynamic linker will use the .dynsym entry to
+ determine the address it must put in the global offset table, so
+ both the dynamic object and the regular object will refer to the
+ same memory location for the variable. */
+
+ if ((h->root.u.def.section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
+ {
+ if (htab->is_vxworks)
+ htab->srelbss->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
+ else
+ mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj, info, 1);
+ h->needs_copy = 1;
+ }
+
+ /* All relocations against this symbol that could have been made
+ dynamic will now refer to the local copy instead. */
+ hmips->possibly_dynamic_relocs = 0;
+
+ return _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_copy (h, htab->sdynbss);
}
\f
/* This function is called after all the input files have been read,
struct bfd_link_info *info)
{
asection *ri;
+ struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
+ struct mips_htab_traverse_info hti;
- bfd *dynobj;
- asection *s;
- struct mips_got_info *g;
- int i;
- bfd_size_type loadable_size = 0;
- bfd_size_type local_gotno;
- bfd *sub;
+ htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
+ BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
/* The .reginfo section has a fixed size. */
ri = bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd, ".reginfo");
if (ri != NULL)
bfd_set_section_size (output_bfd, ri, sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo));
- if (! (info->relocatable
- || ! mips_elf_hash_table (info)->mips16_stubs_seen))
- mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (mips_elf_hash_table (info),
- mips_elf_check_mips16_stubs, NULL);
+ hti.info = info;
+ hti.output_bfd = output_bfd;
+ hti.error = FALSE;
+ mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (mips_elf_hash_table (info),
+ mips_elf_check_symbols, &hti);
+ if (hti.error)
+ return FALSE;
- dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
- if (dynobj == NULL)
- /* Relocatable links don't have it. */
- return TRUE;
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+/* If the link uses a GOT, lay it out and work out its size. */
+
+static bfd_boolean
+mips_elf_lay_out_got (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
+{
+ bfd *dynobj;
+ asection *s;
+ struct mips_got_info *g;
+ bfd_size_type loadable_size = 0;
+ bfd_size_type page_gotno;
+ bfd *sub;
+ struct mips_elf_count_tls_arg count_tls_arg;
+ struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
+
+ htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
+ BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
- g = mips_elf_got_info (dynobj, &s);
+ s = htab->sgot;
if (s == NULL)
return TRUE;
+ dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
+ g = htab->got_info;
+
+ /* Allocate room for the reserved entries. VxWorks always reserves
+ 3 entries; other objects only reserve 2 entries. */
+ BFD_ASSERT (g->assigned_gotno == 0);
+ if (htab->is_vxworks)
+ htab->reserved_gotno = 3;
+ else
+ htab->reserved_gotno = 2;
+ g->local_gotno += htab->reserved_gotno;
+ g->assigned_gotno = htab->reserved_gotno;
+
+ /* Replace entries for indirect and warning symbols with entries for
+ the target symbol. */
+ if (!mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (g))
+ return FALSE;
+
+ /* Count the number of GOT symbols. */
+ mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (htab, mips_elf_count_got_symbols, info);
+
/* Calculate the total loadable size of the output. That
will give us the maximum number of GOT_PAGE entries
required. */
}
}
- /* There has to be a global GOT entry for every symbol with
- a dynamic symbol table index of DT_MIPS_GOTSYM or
- higher. Therefore, it make sense to put those symbols
- that need GOT entries at the end of the symbol table. We
- do that here. */
- if (! mips_elf_sort_hash_table (info, 1))
- return FALSE;
-
- if (g->global_gotsym != NULL)
- i = elf_hash_table (info)->dynsymcount - g->global_gotsym->dynindx;
+ if (htab->is_vxworks)
+ /* There's no need to allocate page entries for VxWorks; R_MIPS*_GOT16
+ relocations against local symbols evaluate to "G", and the EABI does
+ not include R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE. */
+ page_gotno = 0;
else
- /* If there are no global symbols, or none requiring
- relocations, then GLOBAL_GOTSYM will be NULL. */
- i = 0;
-
- /* In the worst case, we'll get one stub per dynamic symbol, plus
- one to account for the dummy entry at the end required by IRIX
- rld. */
- loadable_size += MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_SIZE * (i + 1);
+ /* Assume there are two loadable segments consisting of contiguous
+ sections. Is 5 enough? */
+ page_gotno = (loadable_size >> 16) + 5;
- /* Assume there are two loadable segments consisting of
- contiguous sections. Is 5 enough? */
- local_gotno = (loadable_size >> 16) + 5;
+ /* Choose the smaller of the two estimates; both are intended to be
+ conservative. */
+ if (page_gotno > g->page_gotno)
+ page_gotno = g->page_gotno;
- g->local_gotno += local_gotno;
+ g->local_gotno += page_gotno;
s->size += g->local_gotno * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd);
+ s->size += g->global_gotno * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd);
+
+ /* We need to calculate tls_gotno for global symbols at this point
+ instead of building it up earlier, to avoid doublecounting
+ entries for one global symbol from multiple input files. */
+ count_tls_arg.info = info;
+ count_tls_arg.needed = 0;
+ elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info),
+ mips_elf_count_global_tls_entries,
+ &count_tls_arg);
+ g->tls_gotno += count_tls_arg.needed;
+ s->size += g->tls_gotno * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd);
+
+ /* VxWorks does not support multiple GOTs. It initializes $gp to
+ __GOTT_BASE__[__GOTT_INDEX__], the value of which is set by the
+ dynamic loader. */
+ if (htab->is_vxworks)
+ {
+ /* VxWorks executables do not need a GOT. */
+ if (info->shared)
+ {
+ /* Each VxWorks GOT entry needs an explicit relocation. */
+ unsigned int count;
- g->global_gotno = i;
- s->size += i * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd);
-
- if (s->size > MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE (output_bfd)
- && ! mips_elf_multi_got (output_bfd, info, g, s, local_gotno))
- return FALSE;
-
- return TRUE;
+ count = g->global_gotno + g->local_gotno - htab->reserved_gotno;
+ if (count)
+ mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj, info, count);
+ }
+ }
+ else if (s->size > MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE (info))
+ {
+ if (!mips_elf_multi_got (output_bfd, info, s, page_gotno))
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ struct mips_elf_count_tls_arg arg;
+
+ /* Set up TLS entries. */
+ g->tls_assigned_gotno = g->global_gotno + g->local_gotno;
+ htab_traverse (g->got_entries, mips_elf_initialize_tls_index, g);
+
+ /* Allocate room for the TLS relocations. */
+ arg.info = info;
+ arg.needed = 0;
+ htab_traverse (g->got_entries, mips_elf_count_local_tls_relocs, &arg);
+ elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info),
+ mips_elf_count_global_tls_relocs,
+ &arg);
+ if (arg.needed)
+ mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj, info, arg.needed);
+ }
+
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+/* Estimate the size of the .MIPS.stubs section. */
+
+static void
+mips_elf_estimate_stub_size (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
+{
+ struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
+ bfd_size_type dynsymcount;
+
+ htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
+ BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
+
+ if (htab->lazy_stub_count == 0)
+ return;
+
+ /* IRIX rld assumes that a function stub isn't at the end of the .text
+ section, so add a dummy entry to the end. */
+ htab->lazy_stub_count++;
+
+ /* Get a worst-case estimate of the number of dynamic symbols needed.
+ At this point, dynsymcount does not account for section symbols
+ and count_section_dynsyms may overestimate the number that will
+ be needed. */
+ dynsymcount = (elf_hash_table (info)->dynsymcount
+ + count_section_dynsyms (output_bfd, info));
+
+ /* Determine the size of one stub entry. */
+ htab->function_stub_size = (dynsymcount > 0x10000
+ ? MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
+ : MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_NORMAL_SIZE);
+
+ htab->sstubs->size = htab->lazy_stub_count * htab->function_stub_size;
+}
+
+/* A mips_elf_link_hash_traverse callback for which DATA points to the
+ MIPS hash table. If H needs a traditional MIPS lazy-binding stub,
+ allocate an entry in the stubs section. */
+
+static bfd_boolean
+mips_elf_allocate_lazy_stub (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h, void **data)
+{
+ struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
+
+ htab = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *) data;
+ if (h->needs_lazy_stub)
+ {
+ h->root.root.u.def.section = htab->sstubs;
+ h->root.root.u.def.value = htab->sstubs->size;
+ h->root.plt.offset = htab->sstubs->size;
+ htab->sstubs->size += htab->function_stub_size;
+ }
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+/* Allocate offsets in the stubs section to each symbol that needs one.
+ Set the final size of the .MIPS.stub section. */
+
+static void
+mips_elf_lay_out_lazy_stubs (struct bfd_link_info *info)
+{
+ struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
+
+ htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
+ BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
+
+ if (htab->lazy_stub_count == 0)
+ return;
+
+ htab->sstubs->size = 0;
+ mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (htab, mips_elf_allocate_lazy_stub, htab);
+ htab->sstubs->size += htab->function_stub_size;
+ BFD_ASSERT (htab->sstubs->size
+ == htab->lazy_stub_count * htab->function_stub_size);
}
/* Set the sizes of the dynamic sections. */
struct bfd_link_info *info)
{
bfd *dynobj;
- asection *s;
+ asection *s, *sreldyn;
bfd_boolean reltext;
+ struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
+ htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
+ BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
BFD_ASSERT (dynobj != NULL);
s->contents
= (bfd_byte *) ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER (output_bfd);
}
+
+ /* Create a symbol for the PLT, if we know that we are using it. */
+ if (htab->splt && htab->splt->size > 0 && htab->root.hplt == NULL)
+ {
+ struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
+
+ BFD_ASSERT (htab->use_plts_and_copy_relocs);
+
+ h = _bfd_elf_define_linkage_sym (dynobj, info, htab->splt,
+ "_PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_");
+ htab->root.hplt = h;
+ if (h == NULL)
+ return FALSE;
+ h->type = STT_FUNC;
+ }
}
+ /* Allocate space for global sym dynamic relocs. */
+ elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab->root, allocate_dynrelocs, (PTR) info);
+
+ mips_elf_estimate_stub_size (output_bfd, info);
+
+ if (!mips_elf_lay_out_got (output_bfd, info))
+ return FALSE;
+
+ mips_elf_lay_out_lazy_stubs (info);
+
/* The check_relocs and adjust_dynamic_symbol entry points have
determined the sizes of the various dynamic sections. Allocate
memory for them. */
for (s = dynobj->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
{
const char *name;
- bfd_boolean strip;
/* It's OK to base decisions on the section name, because none
of the dynobj section names depend upon the input files. */
if ((s->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) == 0)
continue;
- strip = FALSE;
-
- if (strncmp (name, ".rel", 4) == 0)
+ if (CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".rel"))
{
- if (s->size == 0)
- {
- /* We only strip the section if the output section name
- has the same name. Otherwise, there might be several
- input sections for this output section. FIXME: This
- code is probably not needed these days anyhow, since
- the linker now does not create empty output sections. */
- if (s->output_section != NULL
- && strcmp (name,
- bfd_get_section_name (s->output_section->owner,
- s->output_section)) == 0)
- strip = TRUE;
- }
- else
+ if (s->size != 0)
{
const char *outname;
asection *target;
/* If this relocation section applies to a read only
section, then we probably need a DT_TEXTREL entry.
- If the relocation section is .rel.dyn, we always
+ If the relocation section is .rel(a).dyn, we always
assert a DT_TEXTREL entry rather than testing whether
there exists a relocation to a read only section or
not. */
if ((target != NULL
&& (target->flags & SEC_READONLY) != 0
&& (target->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
- || strcmp (outname, ".rel.dyn") == 0)
+ || strcmp (outname, MIPS_ELF_REL_DYN_NAME (info)) == 0)
reltext = TRUE;
/* We use the reloc_count field as a counter if we need
to copy relocs into the output file. */
- if (strcmp (name, ".rel.dyn") != 0)
+ if (strcmp (name, MIPS_ELF_REL_DYN_NAME (info)) != 0)
s->reloc_count = 0;
/* If combreloc is enabled, elf_link_sort_relocs() will
info->combreloc = 0;
}
}
- else if (strncmp (name, ".got", 4) == 0)
- {
- /* _bfd_mips_elf_always_size_sections() has already done
- most of the work, but some symbols may have been mapped
- to versions that we must now resolve in the got_entries
- hash tables. */
- struct mips_got_info *gg = mips_elf_got_info (dynobj, NULL);
- struct mips_got_info *g = gg;
- struct mips_elf_set_global_got_offset_arg set_got_offset_arg;
- unsigned int needed_relocs = 0;
-
- if (gg->next)
- {
- set_got_offset_arg.value = MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd);
- set_got_offset_arg.info = info;
-
- mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (gg);
- for (g = gg->next; g && g->next != gg; g = g->next)
- {
- unsigned int save_assign;
-
- mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (g);
-
- /* Assign offsets to global GOT entries. */
- save_assign = g->assigned_gotno;
- g->assigned_gotno = g->local_gotno;
- set_got_offset_arg.g = g;
- set_got_offset_arg.needed_relocs = 0;
- htab_traverse (g->got_entries,
- mips_elf_set_global_got_offset,
- &set_got_offset_arg);
- needed_relocs += set_got_offset_arg.needed_relocs;
- BFD_ASSERT (g->assigned_gotno - g->local_gotno
- <= g->global_gotno);
-
- g->assigned_gotno = save_assign;
- if (info->shared)
- {
- needed_relocs += g->local_gotno - g->assigned_gotno;
- BFD_ASSERT (g->assigned_gotno == g->next->local_gotno
- + g->next->global_gotno
- + MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO);
- }
- }
-
- if (needed_relocs)
- mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj, needed_relocs);
- }
- }
- else if (strcmp (name, MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (output_bfd)) == 0)
- {
- /* IRIX rld assumes that the function stub isn't at the end
- of .text section. So put a dummy. XXX */
- s->size += MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_SIZE;
- }
else if (! info->shared
&& ! mips_elf_hash_table (info)->use_rld_obj_head
- && strncmp (name, ".rld_map", 8) == 0)
+ && CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".rld_map"))
{
- /* We add a room for __rld_map. It will be filled in by the
+ /* We add a room for __rld_map. It will be filled in by the
rtld to contain a pointer to the _r_debug structure. */
s->size += 4;
}
else if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd)
- && strncmp (name, ".compact_rel", 12) == 0)
+ && CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".compact_rel"))
s->size += mips_elf_hash_table (info)->compact_rel_size;
- else if (strncmp (name, ".init", 5) != 0)
+ else if (s == htab->splt)
+ {
+ /* If the last PLT entry has a branch delay slot, allocate
+ room for an extra nop to fill the delay slot. This is
+ for CPUs without load interlocking. */
+ if (! LOAD_INTERLOCKS_P (output_bfd)
+ && ! htab->is_vxworks && s->size > 0)
+ s->size += 4;
+ }
+ else if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".init")
+ && s != htab->sgot
+ && s != htab->sgotplt
+ && s != htab->sstubs
+ && s != htab->sdynbss)
{
/* It's not one of our sections, so don't allocate space. */
continue;
}
- if (strip)
+ if (s->size == 0)
{
- _bfd_strip_section_from_output (info, s);
+ s->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
continue;
}
+ if ((s->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) == 0)
+ continue;
+
/* Allocate memory for the section contents. */
s->contents = bfd_zalloc (dynobj, s->size);
- if (s->contents == NULL && s->size != 0)
+ if (s->contents == NULL)
{
bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory);
return FALSE;
/* Add some entries to the .dynamic section. We fill in the
values later, in _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_sections, but we
must add the entries now so that we get the correct size for
- the .dynamic section. The DT_DEBUG entry is filled in by the
- dynamic linker and used by the debugger. */
- if (! info->shared)
+ the .dynamic section. */
+
+ /* SGI object has the equivalence of DT_DEBUG in the
+ DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP entry. This must come first because glibc
+ only fills in DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP (not DT_DEBUG) and GDB only
+ looks at the first one it sees. */
+ if (!info->shared
+ && !MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP, 0))
+ return FALSE;
+
+ /* The DT_DEBUG entry may be filled in by the dynamic linker and
+ used by the debugger. */
+ if (info->executable
+ && !SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd)
+ && !MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_DEBUG, 0))
+ return FALSE;
+
+ if (reltext && (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd) || htab->is_vxworks))
+ info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
+
+ if ((info->flags & DF_TEXTREL) != 0)
{
- /* SGI object has the equivalence of DT_DEBUG in the
- DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP entry. */
- if (!MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP, 0))
+ if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_TEXTREL, 0))
return FALSE;
- if (!SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd))
+
+ /* Clear the DF_TEXTREL flag. It will be set again if we
+ write out an actual text relocation; we may not, because
+ at this point we do not know whether e.g. any .eh_frame
+ absolute relocations have been converted to PC-relative. */
+ info->flags &= ~DF_TEXTREL;
+ }
+
+ if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_PLTGOT, 0))
+ return FALSE;
+
+ sreldyn = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, FALSE);
+ if (htab->is_vxworks)
+ {
+ /* VxWorks uses .rela.dyn instead of .rel.dyn. It does not
+ use any of the DT_MIPS_* tags. */
+ if (sreldyn && sreldyn->size > 0)
{
- if (!MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_DEBUG, 0))
+ if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_RELA, 0))
+ return FALSE;
+
+ if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_RELASZ, 0))
+ return FALSE;
+
+ if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_RELAENT, 0))
return FALSE;
}
}
else
{
- /* Shared libraries on traditional mips have DT_DEBUG. */
- if (!SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd))
+ if (sreldyn && sreldyn->size > 0)
{
- if (!MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_DEBUG, 0))
+ if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_REL, 0))
+ return FALSE;
+
+ if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_RELSZ, 0))
+ return FALSE;
+
+ if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_RELENT, 0))
return FALSE;
}
- }
- if (reltext && SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd))
- info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
+ if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_RLD_VERSION, 0))
+ return FALSE;
- if ((info->flags & DF_TEXTREL) != 0)
- {
- if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_TEXTREL, 0))
+ if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_FLAGS, 0))
return FALSE;
- }
- if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_PLTGOT, 0))
- return FALSE;
+ if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS, 0))
+ return FALSE;
- if (mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (dynobj, FALSE))
- {
- if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_REL, 0))
+ if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO, 0))
+ return FALSE;
+
+ if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO, 0))
return FALSE;
- if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_RELSZ, 0))
+ if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_UNREFEXTNO, 0))
return FALSE;
- if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_RELENT, 0))
+ if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_GOTSYM, 0))
+ return FALSE;
+
+ if (IRIX_COMPAT (dynobj) == ict_irix5
+ && ! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_HIPAGENO, 0))
+ return FALSE;
+
+ if (IRIX_COMPAT (dynobj) == ict_irix6
+ && (bfd_get_section_by_name
+ (dynobj, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (dynobj)))
+ && !MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_OPTIONS, 0))
return FALSE;
}
+ if (htab->splt->size > 0)
+ {
+ if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_PLTREL, 0))
+ return FALSE;
- if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_RLD_VERSION, 0))
- return FALSE;
+ if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_JMPREL, 0))
+ return FALSE;
- if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_FLAGS, 0))
- return FALSE;
+ if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_PLTRELSZ, 0))
+ return FALSE;
- if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS, 0))
+ if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_PLTGOT, 0))
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+ if (htab->is_vxworks
+ && !elf_vxworks_add_dynamic_entries (output_bfd, info))
return FALSE;
+ }
- if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO, 0))
- return FALSE;
+ return TRUE;
+}
+\f
+/* REL is a relocation in INPUT_BFD that is being copied to OUTPUT_BFD.
+ Adjust its R_ADDEND field so that it is correct for the output file.
+ LOCAL_SYMS and LOCAL_SECTIONS are arrays of INPUT_BFD's local symbols
+ and sections respectively; both use symbol indexes. */
- if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO, 0))
- return FALSE;
+static void
+mips_elf_adjust_addend (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
+ bfd *input_bfd, Elf_Internal_Sym *local_syms,
+ asection **local_sections, Elf_Internal_Rela *rel)
+{
+ unsigned int r_type, r_symndx;
+ Elf_Internal_Sym *sym;
+ asection *sec;
- if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_UNREFEXTNO, 0))
- return FALSE;
+ if (mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd, rel, local_sections))
+ {
+ r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd, rel->r_info);
+ if (gprel16_reloc_p (r_type)
+ || r_type == R_MIPS_GPREL32
+ || literal_reloc_p (r_type))
+ {
+ rel->r_addend += _bfd_get_gp_value (input_bfd);
+ rel->r_addend -= _bfd_get_gp_value (output_bfd);
+ }
- if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_GOTSYM, 0))
- return FALSE;
+ r_symndx = ELF_R_SYM (output_bfd, rel->r_info);
+ sym = local_syms + r_symndx;
- if (IRIX_COMPAT (dynobj) == ict_irix5
- && ! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_HIPAGENO, 0))
- return FALSE;
+ /* Adjust REL's addend to account for section merging. */
+ if (!info->relocatable)
+ {
+ sec = local_sections[r_symndx];
+ _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (output_bfd, sym, &sec, rel);
+ }
- if (IRIX_COMPAT (dynobj) == ict_irix6
- && (bfd_get_section_by_name
- (dynobj, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (dynobj)))
- && !MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_OPTIONS, 0))
- return FALSE;
+ /* This would normally be done by the rela_normal code in elflink.c. */
+ if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_SECTION)
+ rel->r_addend += local_sections[r_symndx]->output_offset;
}
-
- return TRUE;
}
-\f
+
/* Relocate a MIPS ELF section. */
bfd_boolean
for (rel = relocs; rel < relend; ++rel)
{
const char *name;
- bfd_vma value;
+ bfd_vma value = 0;
reloc_howto_type *howto;
- bfd_boolean require_jalx;
+ bfd_boolean cross_mode_jump_p;
/* TRUE if the relocation is a RELA relocation, rather than a
REL relocation. */
bfd_boolean rela_relocation_p = TRUE;
unsigned int r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd, rel->r_info);
const char *msg;
+ unsigned long r_symndx;
+ asection *sec;
+ Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
+ struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
+ bfd_boolean rel_reloc;
+ rel_reloc = (NEWABI_P (input_bfd)
+ && mips_elf_rel_relocation_p (input_bfd, input_section,
+ relocs, rel));
/* Find the relocation howto for this relocation. */
+ howto = MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (input_bfd, r_type, !rel_reloc);
+
+ r_symndx = ELF_R_SYM (input_bfd, rel->r_info);
+ symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (input_bfd)->symtab_hdr;
+ if (mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd, rel, local_sections))
+ {
+ sec = local_sections[r_symndx];
+ h = NULL;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ unsigned long extsymoff;
+
+ extsymoff = 0;
+ if (!elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd))
+ extsymoff = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
+ h = elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd) [r_symndx - extsymoff];
+ while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
+ || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
+ h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
+
+ sec = NULL;
+ if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
+ || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
+ sec = h->root.u.def.section;
+ }
+
+ if (sec != NULL && elf_discarded_section (sec))
+ RELOC_AGAINST_DISCARDED_SECTION (info, input_bfd, input_section,
+ rel, relend, howto, contents);
+
if (r_type == R_MIPS_64 && ! NEWABI_P (input_bfd))
{
/* Some 32-bit code uses R_MIPS_64. In particular, people use
if (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd))
rel->r_offset += 4;
}
- else
- /* NewABI defaults to RELA relocations. */
- howto = MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (input_bfd, r_type,
- NEWABI_P (input_bfd)
- && (MIPS_RELOC_RELA_P
- (input_bfd, input_section,
- rel - relocs)));
if (!use_saved_addend_p)
{
- Elf_Internal_Shdr *rel_hdr;
-
/* If these relocations were originally of the REL variety,
we must pull the addend out of the field that will be
relocated. Otherwise, we simply use the contents of the
- RELA relocation. To determine which flavor or relocation
- this is, we depend on the fact that the INPUT_SECTION's
- REL_HDR is read before its REL_HDR2. */
- rel_hdr = &elf_section_data (input_section)->rel_hdr;
- if ((size_t) (rel - relocs)
- >= (NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (rel_hdr) * bed->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel))
- rel_hdr = elf_section_data (input_section)->rel_hdr2;
- if (rel_hdr->sh_entsize == MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (input_bfd))
+ RELA relocation. */
+ if (mips_elf_rel_relocation_p (input_bfd, input_section,
+ relocs, rel))
{
- bfd_byte *location = contents + rel->r_offset;
-
- /* Note that this is a REL relocation. */
rela_relocation_p = FALSE;
-
- /* Get the addend, which is stored in the input file. */
- _bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_unshuffle (input_bfd, r_type, FALSE,
- location);
- addend = mips_elf_obtain_contents (howto, rel, input_bfd,
- contents);
- _bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_shuffle(input_bfd, r_type, FALSE,
- location);
-
- addend &= howto->src_mask;
-
- /* For some kinds of relocations, the ADDEND is a
- combination of the addend stored in two different
- relocations. */
- if (r_type == R_MIPS_HI16 || r_type == R_MIPS16_HI16
- || (r_type == R_MIPS_GOT16
+ addend = mips_elf_read_rel_addend (input_bfd, rel,
+ howto, contents);
+ if (hi16_reloc_p (r_type)
+ || (got16_reloc_p (r_type)
&& mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd, rel,
- local_sections, FALSE)))
+ local_sections)))
{
- bfd_vma l;
- const Elf_Internal_Rela *lo16_relocation;
- reloc_howto_type *lo16_howto;
- bfd_byte *lo16_location;
- int lo16_type;
-
- if (r_type == R_MIPS16_HI16)
- lo16_type = R_MIPS16_LO16;
- else
- lo16_type = R_MIPS_LO16;
-
- /* The combined value is the sum of the HI16 addend,
- left-shifted by sixteen bits, and the LO16
- addend, sign extended. (Usually, the code does
- a `lui' of the HI16 value, and then an `addiu' of
- the LO16 value.)
-
- Scan ahead to find a matching LO16 relocation.
-
- According to the MIPS ELF ABI, the R_MIPS_LO16
- relocation must be immediately following.
- However, for the IRIX6 ABI, the next relocation
- may be a composed relocation consisting of
- several relocations for the same address. In
- that case, the R_MIPS_LO16 relocation may occur
- as one of these. We permit a similar extension
- in general, as that is useful for GCC. */
- lo16_relocation = mips_elf_next_relocation (input_bfd,
- lo16_type,
- rel, relend);
- if (lo16_relocation == NULL)
- return FALSE;
-
- lo16_location = contents + lo16_relocation->r_offset;
-
- /* Obtain the addend kept there. */
- lo16_howto = MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (input_bfd,
- lo16_type, FALSE);
- _bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_unshuffle (input_bfd, lo16_type, FALSE,
- lo16_location);
- l = mips_elf_obtain_contents (lo16_howto, lo16_relocation,
- input_bfd, contents);
- _bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_shuffle (input_bfd, lo16_type, FALSE,
- lo16_location);
- l &= lo16_howto->src_mask;
- l <<= lo16_howto->rightshift;
- l = _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (l, 16);
-
- addend <<= 16;
-
- /* Compute the combined addend. */
- addend += l;
+ if (!mips_elf_add_lo16_rel_addend (input_bfd, rel, relend,
+ contents, &addend))
+ {
+ if (h)
+ name = h->root.root.string;
+ else
+ name = bfd_elf_sym_name (input_bfd, symtab_hdr,
+ local_syms + r_symndx,
+ sec);
+ (*_bfd_error_handler)
+ (_("%B: Can't find matching LO16 reloc against `%s' for %s at 0x%lx in section `%A'"),
+ input_bfd, input_section, name, howto->name,
+ rel->r_offset);
+ }
}
else
addend <<= howto->rightshift;
}
else
addend = rel->r_addend;
+ mips_elf_adjust_addend (output_bfd, info, input_bfd,
+ local_syms, local_sections, rel);
}
if (info->relocatable)
{
- Elf_Internal_Sym *sym;
- unsigned long r_symndx;
-
if (r_type == R_MIPS_64 && ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd)
&& bfd_big_endian (input_bfd))
rel->r_offset -= 4;
- /* Since we're just relocating, all we need to do is copy
- the relocations back out to the object file, unless
- they're against a section symbol, in which case we need
- to adjust by the section offset, or unless they're GP
- relative in which case we need to adjust by the amount
- that we're adjusting GP in this relocatable object. */
-
- if (! mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd, rel, local_sections,
- FALSE))
- /* There's nothing to do for non-local relocations. */
- continue;
-
- if (r_type == R_MIPS16_GPREL
- || r_type == R_MIPS_GPREL16
- || r_type == R_MIPS_GPREL32
- || r_type == R_MIPS_LITERAL)
- addend -= (_bfd_get_gp_value (output_bfd)
- - _bfd_get_gp_value (input_bfd));
-
- r_symndx = ELF_R_SYM (output_bfd, rel->r_info);
- sym = local_syms + r_symndx;
- if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_SECTION)
- /* Adjust the addend appropriately. */
- addend += local_sections[r_symndx]->output_offset;
-
- if (rela_relocation_p)
- /* If this is a RELA relocation, just update the addend. */
- rel->r_addend = addend;
- else
+ if (!rela_relocation_p && rel->r_addend)
{
- if (r_type == R_MIPS_HI16
- || r_type == R_MIPS_GOT16)
+ addend += rel->r_addend;
+ if (hi16_reloc_p (r_type) || got16_reloc_p (r_type))
addend = mips_elf_high (addend);
else if (r_type == R_MIPS_HIGHER)
addend = mips_elf_higher (addend);
input_section, info, rel,
addend, howto, local_syms,
local_sections, &value,
- &name, &require_jalx,
+ &name, &cross_mode_jump_p,
use_saved_addend_p))
{
case bfd_reloc_continue:
;
else
{
+ struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
+
+ htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
+ BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
BFD_ASSERT (name != NULL);
+ if (!htab->small_data_overflow_reported
+ && (gprel16_reloc_p (howto->type)
+ || literal_reloc_p (howto->type)))
+ {
+ msg = _("small-data section exceeds 64KB;"
+ " lower small-data size limit (see option -G)");
+
+ htab->small_data_overflow_reported = TRUE;
+ (*info->callbacks->einfo) ("%P: %s\n", msg);
+ }
if (! ((*info->callbacks->reloc_overflow)
(info, NULL, name, howto->name, (bfd_vma) 0,
input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset)))
case bfd_reloc_ok:
break;
+ case bfd_reloc_outofrange:
+ if (jal_reloc_p (howto->type))
+ {
+ msg = _("JALX to a non-word-aligned address");
+ info->callbacks->warning
+ (info, msg, name, input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset);
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+ /* Fall through. */
+
default:
abort ();
break;
/* Actually perform the relocation. */
if (! mips_elf_perform_relocation (info, howto, rel, value,
input_bfd, input_section,
- contents, require_jalx))
+ contents, cross_mode_jump_p))
return FALSE;
}
return TRUE;
}
\f
+/* A function that iterates over each entry in la25_stubs and fills
+ in the code for each one. DATA points to a mips_htab_traverse_info. */
+
+static int
+mips_elf_create_la25_stub (void **slot, void *data)
+{
+ struct mips_htab_traverse_info *hti;
+ struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
+ struct mips_elf_la25_stub *stub;
+ asection *s;
+ bfd_byte *loc;
+ bfd_vma offset, target, target_high, target_low;
+
+ stub = (struct mips_elf_la25_stub *) *slot;
+ hti = (struct mips_htab_traverse_info *) data;
+ htab = mips_elf_hash_table (hti->info);
+ BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
+
+ /* Create the section contents, if we haven't already. */
+ s = stub->stub_section;
+ loc = s->contents;
+ if (loc == NULL)
+ {
+ loc = bfd_malloc (s->size);
+ if (loc == NULL)
+ {
+ hti->error = TRUE;
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+ s->contents = loc;
+ }
+
+ /* Work out where in the section this stub should go. */
+ offset = stub->offset;
+
+ /* Work out the target address. */
+ target = (stub->h->root.root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
+ + stub->h->root.root.u.def.section->output_offset
+ + stub->h->root.root.u.def.value);
+ target_high = ((target + 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
+ target_low = (target & 0xffff);
+
+ if (stub->stub_section != htab->strampoline)
+ {
+ /* This is a simple LUI/ADDIU stub. Zero out the beginning
+ of the section and write the two instructions at the end. */
+ memset (loc, 0, offset);
+ loc += offset;
+ if (ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (stub->h->root.other))
+ {
+ bfd_put_16 (hti->output_bfd, LA25_LUI_MICROMIPS_1 (target_high),
+ loc);
+ bfd_put_16 (hti->output_bfd, LA25_LUI_MICROMIPS_2 (target_high),
+ loc + 2);
+ bfd_put_16 (hti->output_bfd, LA25_ADDIU_MICROMIPS_1 (target_low),
+ loc + 4);
+ bfd_put_16 (hti->output_bfd, LA25_ADDIU_MICROMIPS_2 (target_low),
+ loc + 6);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ bfd_put_32 (hti->output_bfd, LA25_LUI (target_high), loc);
+ bfd_put_32 (hti->output_bfd, LA25_ADDIU (target_low), loc + 4);
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* This is trampoline. */
+ loc += offset;
+ if (ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (stub->h->root.other))
+ {
+ bfd_put_16 (hti->output_bfd, LA25_LUI_MICROMIPS_1 (target_high),
+ loc);
+ bfd_put_16 (hti->output_bfd, LA25_LUI_MICROMIPS_2 (target_high),
+ loc + 2);
+ bfd_put_16 (hti->output_bfd, LA25_J_MICROMIPS_1 (target), loc + 4);
+ bfd_put_16 (hti->output_bfd, LA25_J_MICROMIPS_2 (target), loc + 6);
+ bfd_put_16 (hti->output_bfd, LA25_ADDIU_MICROMIPS_1 (target_low),
+ loc + 8);
+ bfd_put_16 (hti->output_bfd, LA25_ADDIU_MICROMIPS_2 (target_low),
+ loc + 10);
+ bfd_put_32 (hti->output_bfd, 0, loc + 12);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ bfd_put_32 (hti->output_bfd, LA25_LUI (target_high), loc);
+ bfd_put_32 (hti->output_bfd, LA25_J (target), loc + 4);
+ bfd_put_32 (hti->output_bfd, LA25_ADDIU (target_low), loc + 8);
+ bfd_put_32 (hti->output_bfd, 0, loc + 12);
+ }
+ }
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
/* If NAME is one of the special IRIX6 symbols defined by the linker,
adjust it appropriately now. */
asection *sgot;
struct mips_got_info *g, *gg;
const char *name;
+ int idx;
+ struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
+ struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hmips;
+ htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
+ BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
+ hmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
+
+ BFD_ASSERT (!htab->is_vxworks);
- if (h->plt.offset != MINUS_ONE)
+ if (h->plt.offset != MINUS_ONE && hmips->no_fn_stub)
{
- asection *s;
- bfd_byte stub[MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_SIZE];
+ /* We've decided to create a PLT entry for this symbol. */
+ bfd_byte *loc;
+ bfd_vma header_address, plt_index, got_address;
+ bfd_vma got_address_high, got_address_low, load;
+ const bfd_vma *plt_entry;
+
+ BFD_ASSERT (htab->use_plts_and_copy_relocs);
+ BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1);
+ BFD_ASSERT (htab->splt != NULL);
+ BFD_ASSERT (h->plt.offset <= htab->splt->size);
+ BFD_ASSERT (!h->def_regular);
+
+ /* Calculate the address of the PLT header. */
+ header_address = (htab->splt->output_section->vma
+ + htab->splt->output_offset);
+
+ /* Calculate the index of the entry. */
+ plt_index = ((h->plt.offset - htab->plt_header_size)
+ / htab->plt_entry_size);
+
+ /* Calculate the address of the .got.plt entry. */
+ got_address = (htab->sgotplt->output_section->vma
+ + htab->sgotplt->output_offset
+ + (2 + plt_index) * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (dynobj));
+ got_address_high = ((got_address + 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
+ got_address_low = got_address & 0xffff;
+
+ /* Initially point the .got.plt entry at the PLT header. */
+ loc = (htab->sgotplt->contents
+ + (2 + plt_index) * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (dynobj));
+ if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd))
+ bfd_put_64 (output_bfd, header_address, loc);
+ else
+ bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, header_address, loc);
+
+ /* Find out where the .plt entry should go. */
+ loc = htab->splt->contents + h->plt.offset;
+
+ /* Pick the load opcode. */
+ load = MIPS_ELF_LOAD_WORD (output_bfd);
+
+ /* Fill in the PLT entry itself. */
+ plt_entry = mips_exec_plt_entry;
+ bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[0] | got_address_high, loc);
+ bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[1] | got_address_low | load, loc + 4);
+
+ if (! LOAD_INTERLOCKS_P (output_bfd))
+ {
+ bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[2] | got_address_low, loc + 8);
+ bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[3], loc + 12);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[3], loc + 8);
+ bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[2] | got_address_low, loc + 12);
+ }
+
+ /* Emit an R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT relocation against the .got.plt entry. */
+ mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation (output_bfd, htab->srelplt,
+ plt_index, h->dynindx,
+ R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT, got_address);
+
+ /* We distinguish between PLT entries and lazy-binding stubs by
+ giving the former an st_other value of STO_MIPS_PLT. Set the
+ flag and leave the value if there are any relocations in the
+ binary where pointer equality matters. */
+ sym->st_shndx = SHN_UNDEF;
+ if (h->pointer_equality_needed)
+ sym->st_other = STO_MIPS_PLT;
+ else
+ sym->st_value = 0;
+ }
+ else if (h->plt.offset != MINUS_ONE)
+ {
+ /* We've decided to create a lazy-binding stub. */
+ bfd_byte stub[MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE];
/* This symbol has a stub. Set it up. */
BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1);
- s = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj,
- MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (dynobj));
- BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
+ BFD_ASSERT ((htab->function_stub_size == MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE)
+ || (h->dynindx <= 0xffff));
- /* FIXME: Can h->dynindex be more than 64K? */
- if (h->dynindx & 0xffff0000)
+ /* Values up to 2^31 - 1 are allowed. Larger values would cause
+ sign extension at runtime in the stub, resulting in a negative
+ index value. */
+ if (h->dynindx & ~0x7fffffff)
return FALSE;
/* Fill the stub. */
- bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, STUB_LW (output_bfd), stub);
- bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, STUB_MOVE (output_bfd), stub + 4);
- bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, STUB_JALR, stub + 8);
- bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, STUB_LI16 (output_bfd) + h->dynindx, stub + 12);
+ idx = 0;
+ bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, STUB_LW (output_bfd), stub + idx);
+ idx += 4;
+ bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, STUB_MOVE (output_bfd), stub + idx);
+ idx += 4;
+ if (htab->function_stub_size == MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE)
+ {
+ bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, STUB_LUI ((h->dynindx >> 16) & 0x7fff),
+ stub + idx);
+ idx += 4;
+ }
+ bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, STUB_JALR, stub + idx);
+ idx += 4;
+
+ /* If a large stub is not required and sign extension is not a
+ problem, then use legacy code in the stub. */
+ if (htab->function_stub_size == MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE)
+ bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, STUB_ORI (h->dynindx & 0xffff), stub + idx);
+ else if (h->dynindx & ~0x7fff)
+ bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, STUB_LI16U (h->dynindx & 0xffff), stub + idx);
+ else
+ bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, STUB_LI16S (output_bfd, h->dynindx),
+ stub + idx);
- BFD_ASSERT (h->plt.offset <= s->size);
- memcpy (s->contents + h->plt.offset, stub, MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_SIZE);
+ BFD_ASSERT (h->plt.offset <= htab->sstubs->size);
+ memcpy (htab->sstubs->contents + h->plt.offset,
+ stub, htab->function_stub_size);
/* Mark the symbol as undefined. plt.offset != -1 occurs
only for the referenced symbol. */
/* The run-time linker uses the st_value field of the symbol
to reset the global offset table entry for this external
to its stub address when unlinking a shared object. */
- sym->st_value = (s->output_section->vma + s->output_offset
+ sym->st_value = (htab->sstubs->output_section->vma
+ + htab->sstubs->output_offset
+ h->plt.offset);
}
+ /* If we have a MIPS16 function with a stub, the dynamic symbol must
+ refer to the stub, since only the stub uses the standard calling
+ conventions. */
+ if (h->dynindx != -1 && hmips->fn_stub != NULL)
+ {
+ BFD_ASSERT (hmips->need_fn_stub);
+ sym->st_value = (hmips->fn_stub->output_section->vma
+ + hmips->fn_stub->output_offset);
+ sym->st_size = hmips->fn_stub->size;
+ sym->st_other = ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (sym->st_other);
+ }
+
BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1
|| h->forced_local);
- sgot = mips_elf_got_section (dynobj, FALSE);
- BFD_ASSERT (sgot != NULL);
- BFD_ASSERT (mips_elf_section_data (sgot) != NULL);
- g = mips_elf_section_data (sgot)->u.got_info;
+ sgot = htab->sgot;
+ g = htab->got_info;
BFD_ASSERT (g != NULL);
/* Run through the global symbol table, creating GOT entries for all
the symbols that need them. */
- if (g->global_gotsym != NULL
- && h->dynindx >= g->global_gotsym->dynindx)
+ if (hmips->global_got_area != GGA_NONE)
{
bfd_vma offset;
bfd_vma value;
value = sym->st_value;
- offset = mips_elf_global_got_index (dynobj, output_bfd, h);
+ offset = mips_elf_global_got_index (dynobj, output_bfd, h,
+ R_MIPS_GOT16, info);
MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, value, sgot->contents + offset);
}
- if (g->next && h->dynindx != -1)
+ if (hmips->global_got_area != GGA_NONE && g->next && h->type != STT_TLS)
{
struct mips_got_entry e, *p;
bfd_vma entry;
e.abfd = output_bfd;
e.symndx = -1;
- e.d.h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *)h;
+ e.d.h = hmips;
+ e.tls_type = 0;
for (g = g->next; g->next != gg; g = g->next)
{
/* Mark _DYNAMIC and _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ as absolute. */
name = h->root.root.string;
if (strcmp (name, "_DYNAMIC") == 0
- || strcmp (name, "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_") == 0)
+ || h == elf_hash_table (info)->hgot)
sym->st_shndx = SHN_ABS;
else if (strcmp (name, "_DYNAMIC_LINK") == 0
|| strcmp (name, "_DYNAMIC_LINKING") == 0)
}
}
+ /* Emit a copy reloc, if needed. */
+ if (h->needs_copy)
+ {
+ asection *s;
+ bfd_vma symval;
+
+ BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1);
+ BFD_ASSERT (htab->use_plts_and_copy_relocs);
+
+ s = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, FALSE);
+ symval = (h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
+ + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset
+ + h->root.u.def.value);
+ mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation (output_bfd, s, s->reloc_count++,
+ h->dynindx, R_MIPS_COPY, symval);
+ }
+
/* Handle the IRIX6-specific symbols. */
if (IRIX_COMPAT (output_bfd) == ict_irix6)
mips_elf_irix6_finish_dynamic_symbol (output_bfd, name, sym);
}
}
- /* If this is a mips16 symbol, force the value to be even. */
- if (sym->st_other == STO_MIPS16)
- sym->st_value &= ~1;
+ /* Keep dynamic MIPS16 symbols odd. This allows the dynamic linker to
+ treat MIPS16 symbols like any other. */
+ if (ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (sym->st_other))
+ {
+ BFD_ASSERT (sym->st_value & 1);
+ sym->st_other -= STO_MIPS16;
+ }
+
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+/* Likewise, for VxWorks. */
+
+bfd_boolean
+_bfd_mips_vxworks_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd *output_bfd,
+ struct bfd_link_info *info,
+ struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
+ Elf_Internal_Sym *sym)
+{
+ bfd *dynobj;
+ asection *sgot;
+ struct mips_got_info *g;
+ struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
+ struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hmips;
+
+ htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
+ BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
+ dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
+ hmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
+
+ if (h->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
+ {
+ bfd_byte *loc;
+ bfd_vma plt_address, plt_index, got_address, got_offset, branch_offset;
+ Elf_Internal_Rela rel;
+ static const bfd_vma *plt_entry;
+
+ BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1);
+ BFD_ASSERT (htab->splt != NULL);
+ BFD_ASSERT (h->plt.offset <= htab->splt->size);
+
+ /* Calculate the address of the .plt entry. */
+ plt_address = (htab->splt->output_section->vma
+ + htab->splt->output_offset
+ + h->plt.offset);
+
+ /* Calculate the index of the entry. */
+ plt_index = ((h->plt.offset - htab->plt_header_size)
+ / htab->plt_entry_size);
+
+ /* Calculate the address of the .got.plt entry. */
+ got_address = (htab->sgotplt->output_section->vma
+ + htab->sgotplt->output_offset
+ + plt_index * 4);
+
+ /* Calculate the offset of the .got.plt entry from
+ _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
+ got_offset = mips_elf_gotplt_index (info, h);
+
+ /* Calculate the offset for the branch at the start of the PLT
+ entry. The branch jumps to the beginning of .plt. */
+ branch_offset = -(h->plt.offset / 4 + 1) & 0xffff;
+
+ /* Fill in the initial value of the .got.plt entry. */
+ bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_address,
+ htab->sgotplt->contents + plt_index * 4);
+
+ /* Find out where the .plt entry should go. */
+ loc = htab->splt->contents + h->plt.offset;
+
+ if (info->shared)
+ {
+ plt_entry = mips_vxworks_shared_plt_entry;
+ bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[0] | branch_offset, loc);
+ bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[1] | plt_index, loc + 4);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ bfd_vma got_address_high, got_address_low;
+
+ plt_entry = mips_vxworks_exec_plt_entry;
+ got_address_high = ((got_address + 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
+ got_address_low = got_address & 0xffff;
+
+ bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[0] | branch_offset, loc);
+ bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[1] | plt_index, loc + 4);
+ bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[2] | got_address_high, loc + 8);
+ bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[3] | got_address_low, loc + 12);
+ bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[4], loc + 16);
+ bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[5], loc + 20);
+ bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[6], loc + 24);
+ bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[7], loc + 28);
+
+ loc = (htab->srelplt2->contents
+ + (plt_index * 3 + 2) * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela));
+
+ /* Emit a relocation for the .got.plt entry. */
+ rel.r_offset = got_address;
+ rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hplt->indx, R_MIPS_32);
+ rel.r_addend = h->plt.offset;
+ bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
+
+ /* Emit a relocation for the lui of %hi(<.got.plt slot>). */
+ loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
+ rel.r_offset = plt_address + 8;
+ rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hgot->indx, R_MIPS_HI16);
+ rel.r_addend = got_offset;
+ bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
+
+ /* Emit a relocation for the addiu of %lo(<.got.plt slot>). */
+ loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
+ rel.r_offset += 4;
+ rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hgot->indx, R_MIPS_LO16);
+ bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
+ }
+
+ /* Emit an R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT relocation against the .got.plt entry. */
+ loc = htab->srelplt->contents + plt_index * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
+ rel.r_offset = got_address;
+ rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT);
+ rel.r_addend = 0;
+ bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
+
+ if (!h->def_regular)
+ sym->st_shndx = SHN_UNDEF;
+ }
+
+ BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1 || h->forced_local);
+
+ sgot = htab->sgot;
+ g = htab->got_info;
+ BFD_ASSERT (g != NULL);
+
+ /* See if this symbol has an entry in the GOT. */
+ if (hmips->global_got_area != GGA_NONE)
+ {
+ bfd_vma offset;
+ Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
+ bfd_byte *loc;
+ asection *s;
+
+ /* Install the symbol value in the GOT. */
+ offset = mips_elf_global_got_index (dynobj, output_bfd, h,
+ R_MIPS_GOT16, info);
+ MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, sym->st_value, sgot->contents + offset);
+
+ /* Add a dynamic relocation for it. */
+ s = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, FALSE);
+ loc = s->contents + (s->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela));
+ outrel.r_offset = (sgot->output_section->vma
+ + sgot->output_offset
+ + offset);
+ outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_MIPS_32);
+ outrel.r_addend = 0;
+ bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (dynobj, &outrel, loc);
+ }
+
+ /* Emit a copy reloc, if needed. */
+ if (h->needs_copy)
+ {
+ Elf_Internal_Rela rel;
+
+ BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1);
+
+ rel.r_offset = (h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
+ + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset
+ + h->root.u.def.value);
+ rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_MIPS_COPY);
+ rel.r_addend = 0;
+ bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel,
+ htab->srelbss->contents
+ + (htab->srelbss->reloc_count
+ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela)));
+ ++htab->srelbss->reloc_count;
+ }
+
+ /* If this is a mips16/microMIPS symbol, force the value to be even. */
+ if (ELF_ST_IS_COMPRESSED (sym->st_other))
+ sym->st_value &= ~1;
return TRUE;
}
+/* Write out a plt0 entry to the beginning of .plt. */
+
+static void
+mips_finish_exec_plt (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
+{
+ bfd_byte *loc;
+ bfd_vma gotplt_value, gotplt_value_high, gotplt_value_low;
+ static const bfd_vma *plt_entry;
+ struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
+
+ htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
+ BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
+
+ if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd))
+ plt_entry = mips_n64_exec_plt0_entry;
+ else if (ABI_N32_P (output_bfd))
+ plt_entry = mips_n32_exec_plt0_entry;
+ else
+ plt_entry = mips_o32_exec_plt0_entry;
+
+ /* Calculate the value of .got.plt. */
+ gotplt_value = (htab->sgotplt->output_section->vma
+ + htab->sgotplt->output_offset);
+ gotplt_value_high = ((gotplt_value + 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
+ gotplt_value_low = gotplt_value & 0xffff;
+
+ /* The PLT sequence is not safe for N64 if .got.plt's address can
+ not be loaded in two instructions. */
+ BFD_ASSERT ((gotplt_value & ~(bfd_vma) 0x7fffffff) == 0
+ || ~(gotplt_value | 0x7fffffff) == 0);
+
+ /* Install the PLT header. */
+ loc = htab->splt->contents;
+ bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[0] | gotplt_value_high, loc);
+ bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[1] | gotplt_value_low, loc + 4);
+ bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[2] | gotplt_value_low, loc + 8);
+ bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[3], loc + 12);
+ bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[4], loc + 16);
+ bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[5], loc + 20);
+ bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[6], loc + 24);
+ bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[7], loc + 28);
+}
+
+/* Install the PLT header for a VxWorks executable and finalize the
+ contents of .rela.plt.unloaded. */
+
+static void
+mips_vxworks_finish_exec_plt (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
+{
+ Elf_Internal_Rela rela;
+ bfd_byte *loc;
+ bfd_vma got_value, got_value_high, got_value_low, plt_address;
+ static const bfd_vma *plt_entry;
+ struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
+
+ htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
+ BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
+
+ plt_entry = mips_vxworks_exec_plt0_entry;
+
+ /* Calculate the value of _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
+ got_value = (htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
+ + htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.section->output_offset
+ + htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.value);
+
+ got_value_high = ((got_value + 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
+ got_value_low = got_value & 0xffff;
+
+ /* Calculate the address of the PLT header. */
+ plt_address = htab->splt->output_section->vma + htab->splt->output_offset;
+
+ /* Install the PLT header. */
+ loc = htab->splt->contents;
+ bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[0] | got_value_high, loc);
+ bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[1] | got_value_low, loc + 4);
+ bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[2], loc + 8);
+ bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[3], loc + 12);
+ bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[4], loc + 16);
+ bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[5], loc + 20);
+
+ /* Output the relocation for the lui of %hi(_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_). */
+ loc = htab->srelplt2->contents;
+ rela.r_offset = plt_address;
+ rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hgot->indx, R_MIPS_HI16);
+ rela.r_addend = 0;
+ bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rela, loc);
+ loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
+
+ /* Output the relocation for the following addiu of
+ %lo(_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_). */
+ rela.r_offset += 4;
+ rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hgot->indx, R_MIPS_LO16);
+ bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rela, loc);
+ loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
+
+ /* Fix up the remaining relocations. They may have the wrong
+ symbol index for _G_O_T_ or _P_L_T_ depending on the order
+ in which symbols were output. */
+ while (loc < htab->srelplt2->contents + htab->srelplt2->size)
+ {
+ Elf_Internal_Rela rel;
+
+ bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_in (output_bfd, loc, &rel);
+ rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hplt->indx, R_MIPS_32);
+ bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
+ loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
+
+ bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_in (output_bfd, loc, &rel);
+ rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hgot->indx, R_MIPS_HI16);
+ bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
+ loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
+
+ bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_in (output_bfd, loc, &rel);
+ rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hgot->indx, R_MIPS_LO16);
+ bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
+ loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
+ }
+}
+
+/* Install the PLT header for a VxWorks shared library. */
+
+static void
+mips_vxworks_finish_shared_plt (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
+{
+ unsigned int i;
+ struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
+
+ htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
+ BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
+
+ /* We just need to copy the entry byte-by-byte. */
+ for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_shared_plt0_entry); i++)
+ bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, mips_vxworks_shared_plt0_entry[i],
+ htab->splt->contents + i * 4);
+}
+
/* Finish up the dynamic sections. */
bfd_boolean
asection *sdyn;
asection *sgot;
struct mips_got_info *gg, *g;
+ struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
+
+ htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
+ BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
sdyn = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".dynamic");
- sgot = mips_elf_got_section (dynobj, FALSE);
- if (sgot == NULL)
- gg = g = NULL;
- else
- {
- BFD_ASSERT (mips_elf_section_data (sgot) != NULL);
- gg = mips_elf_section_data (sgot)->u.got_info;
- BFD_ASSERT (gg != NULL);
- g = mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (gg, output_bfd);
- BFD_ASSERT (g != NULL);
- }
+ sgot = htab->sgot;
+ gg = htab->got_info;
if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
{
bfd_byte *b;
+ int dyn_to_skip = 0, dyn_skipped = 0;
BFD_ASSERT (sdyn != NULL);
+ BFD_ASSERT (gg != NULL);
+
+ g = mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (gg, output_bfd);
BFD_ASSERT (g != NULL);
for (b = sdyn->contents;
switch (dyn.d_tag)
{
case DT_RELENT:
- s = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (dynobj, FALSE);
- BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
dyn.d_un.d_val = MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (dynobj);
break;
+ case DT_RELAENT:
+ BFD_ASSERT (htab->is_vxworks);
+ dyn.d_un.d_val = MIPS_ELF_RELA_SIZE (dynobj);
+ break;
+
case DT_STRSZ:
/* Rewrite DT_STRSZ. */
dyn.d_un.d_val =
break;
case DT_PLTGOT:
- name = ".got";
- s = bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd, name);
- BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
- dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->vma;
+ s = htab->sgot;
+ dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->output_section->vma + s->output_offset;
+ break;
+
+ case DT_MIPS_PLTGOT:
+ s = htab->sgotplt;
+ dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->output_section->vma + s->output_offset;
break;
case DT_MIPS_RLD_VERSION:
break;
case DT_MIPS_TIME_STAMP:
- time ((time_t *) &dyn.d_un.d_val);
+ {
+ time_t t;
+ time (&t);
+ dyn.d_un.d_val = t;
+ }
break;
case DT_MIPS_ICHECKSUM:
break;
case DT_MIPS_HIPAGENO:
- dyn.d_un.d_val = g->local_gotno - MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO;
+ dyn.d_un.d_val = g->local_gotno - htab->reserved_gotno;
break;
case DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP:
dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->vma;
break;
- case DT_RELSZ:
- /* Reduce DT_RELSZ to account for any relocations we
- decided not to make. This is for the n64 irix rld,
- which doesn't seem to apply any relocations if there
- are trailing null entries. */
- s = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (dynobj, FALSE);
- dyn.d_un.d_val = (s->reloc_count
- * (ABI_64_P (output_bfd)
- ? sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel)
- : sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel)));
+ case DT_RELASZ:
+ BFD_ASSERT (htab->is_vxworks);
+ /* The count does not include the JUMP_SLOT relocations. */
+ if (htab->srelplt)
+ dyn.d_un.d_val -= htab->srelplt->size;
+ break;
+
+ case DT_PLTREL:
+ BFD_ASSERT (htab->use_plts_and_copy_relocs);
+ if (htab->is_vxworks)
+ dyn.d_un.d_val = DT_RELA;
+ else
+ dyn.d_un.d_val = DT_REL;
+ break;
+
+ case DT_PLTRELSZ:
+ BFD_ASSERT (htab->use_plts_and_copy_relocs);
+ dyn.d_un.d_val = htab->srelplt->size;
+ break;
+
+ case DT_JMPREL:
+ BFD_ASSERT (htab->use_plts_and_copy_relocs);
+ dyn.d_un.d_ptr = (htab->srelplt->output_section->vma
+ + htab->srelplt->output_offset);
+ break;
+
+ case DT_TEXTREL:
+ /* If we didn't need any text relocations after all, delete
+ the dynamic tag. */
+ if (!(info->flags & DF_TEXTREL))
+ {
+ dyn_to_skip = MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj);
+ swap_out_p = FALSE;
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case DT_FLAGS:
+ /* If we didn't need any text relocations after all, clear
+ DF_TEXTREL from DT_FLAGS. */
+ if (!(info->flags & DF_TEXTREL))
+ dyn.d_un.d_val &= ~DF_TEXTREL;
+ else
+ swap_out_p = FALSE;
break;
default:
swap_out_p = FALSE;
+ if (htab->is_vxworks
+ && elf_vxworks_finish_dynamic_entry (output_bfd, &dyn))
+ swap_out_p = TRUE;
break;
}
- if (swap_out_p)
+ if (swap_out_p || dyn_skipped)
(*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj)->s->swap_dyn_out)
- (dynobj, &dyn, b);
+ (dynobj, &dyn, b - dyn_skipped);
+
+ if (dyn_to_skip)
+ {
+ dyn_skipped += dyn_to_skip;
+ dyn_to_skip = 0;
+ }
}
+
+ /* Wipe out any trailing entries if we shifted down a dynamic tag. */
+ if (dyn_skipped > 0)
+ memset (b - dyn_skipped, 0, dyn_skipped);
}
- /* The first entry of the global offset table will be filled at
- runtime. The second entry will be used by some runtime loaders.
- This isn't the case of IRIX rld. */
- if (sgot != NULL && sgot->size > 0)
+ if (sgot != NULL && sgot->size > 0
+ && !bfd_is_abs_section (sgot->output_section))
{
- MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, 0, sgot->contents);
- MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, 0x80000000,
- sgot->contents + MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd));
- }
+ if (htab->is_vxworks)
+ {
+ /* The first entry of the global offset table points to the
+ ".dynamic" section. The second is initialized by the
+ loader and contains the shared library identifier.
+ The third is also initialized by the loader and points
+ to the lazy resolution stub. */
+ MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd,
+ sdyn->output_offset + sdyn->output_section->vma,
+ sgot->contents);
+ MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, 0,
+ sgot->contents + MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd));
+ MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, 0,
+ sgot->contents
+ + 2 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd));
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* The first entry of the global offset table will be filled at
+ runtime. The second entry will be used by some runtime loaders.
+ This isn't the case of IRIX rld. */
+ MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0, sgot->contents);
+ MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, MIPS_ELF_GNU_GOT1_MASK (output_bfd),
+ sgot->contents + MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd));
+ }
- if (sgot != NULL)
- elf_section_data (sgot->output_section)->this_hdr.sh_entsize
- = MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd);
+ elf_section_data (sgot->output_section)->this_hdr.sh_entsize
+ = MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd);
+ }
/* Generate dynamic relocations for the non-primary gots. */
if (gg != NULL && gg->next)
for (g = gg->next; g->next != gg; g = g->next)
{
- bfd_vma index = g->next->local_gotno + g->next->global_gotno;
+ bfd_vma got_index = g->next->local_gotno + g->next->global_gotno
+ + g->next->tls_gotno;
MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, 0, sgot->contents
- + index++ * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd));
- MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, 0x80000000, sgot->contents
- + index++ * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd));
+ + got_index++ * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd));
+ MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, MIPS_ELF_GNU_GOT1_MASK (output_bfd),
+ sgot->contents
+ + got_index++ * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd));
if (! info->shared)
continue;
- while (index < g->assigned_gotno)
+ while (got_index < g->assigned_gotno)
{
rel[0].r_offset = rel[1].r_offset = rel[2].r_offset
- = index++ * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd);
+ = got_index++ * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd);
if (!(mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation
(output_bfd, info, rel, NULL,
bfd_abs_section_ptr,
}
}
+ /* The generation of dynamic relocations for the non-primary gots
+ adds more dynamic relocations. We cannot count them until
+ here. */
+
+ if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
+ {
+ bfd_byte *b;
+ bfd_boolean swap_out_p;
+
+ BFD_ASSERT (sdyn != NULL);
+
+ for (b = sdyn->contents;
+ b < sdyn->contents + sdyn->size;
+ b += MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj))
+ {
+ Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn;
+ asection *s;
+
+ /* Read in the current dynamic entry. */
+ (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj)->s->swap_dyn_in) (dynobj, b, &dyn);
+
+ /* Assume that we're going to modify it and write it out. */
+ swap_out_p = TRUE;
+
+ switch (dyn.d_tag)
+ {
+ case DT_RELSZ:
+ /* Reduce DT_RELSZ to account for any relocations we
+ decided not to make. This is for the n64 irix rld,
+ which doesn't seem to apply any relocations if there
+ are trailing null entries. */
+ s = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, FALSE);
+ dyn.d_un.d_val = (s->reloc_count
+ * (ABI_64_P (output_bfd)
+ ? sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel)
+ : sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel)));
+ /* Adjust the section size too. Tools like the prelinker
+ can reasonably expect the values to the same. */
+ elf_section_data (s->output_section)->this_hdr.sh_size
+ = dyn.d_un.d_val;
+ break;
+
+ default:
+ swap_out_p = FALSE;
+ break;
+ }
+
+ if (swap_out_p)
+ (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj)->s->swap_dyn_out)
+ (dynobj, &dyn, b);
+ }
+ }
+
{
asection *s;
Elf32_compact_rel cpt;
s->contents));
/* Clean up a dummy stub function entry in .text. */
- s = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj,
- MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (dynobj));
- if (s != NULL)
+ if (htab->sstubs != NULL)
{
file_ptr dummy_offset;
- BFD_ASSERT (s->size >= MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_SIZE);
- dummy_offset = s->size - MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_SIZE;
- memset (s->contents + dummy_offset, 0,
- MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_SIZE);
+ BFD_ASSERT (htab->sstubs->size >= htab->function_stub_size);
+ dummy_offset = htab->sstubs->size - htab->function_stub_size;
+ memset (htab->sstubs->contents + dummy_offset, 0,
+ htab->function_stub_size);
}
}
}
- /* We need to sort the entries of the dynamic relocation section. */
-
- s = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (dynobj, FALSE);
-
- if (s != NULL
- && s->size > (bfd_vma)2 * MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (output_bfd))
+ /* The psABI says that the dynamic relocations must be sorted in
+ increasing order of r_symndx. The VxWorks EABI doesn't require
+ this, and because the code below handles REL rather than RELA
+ relocations, using it for VxWorks would be outright harmful. */
+ if (!htab->is_vxworks)
{
- reldyn_sorting_bfd = output_bfd;
-
- if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd))
- qsort ((Elf64_External_Rel *) s->contents + 1, s->reloc_count - 1,
- sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel), sort_dynamic_relocs_64);
- else
- qsort ((Elf32_External_Rel *) s->contents + 1, s->reloc_count - 1,
- sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel), sort_dynamic_relocs);
+ s = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, FALSE);
+ if (s != NULL
+ && s->size > (bfd_vma)2 * MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (output_bfd))
+ {
+ reldyn_sorting_bfd = output_bfd;
+
+ if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd))
+ qsort ((Elf64_External_Rel *) s->contents + 1,
+ s->reloc_count - 1, sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel),
+ sort_dynamic_relocs_64);
+ else
+ qsort ((Elf32_External_Rel *) s->contents + 1,
+ s->reloc_count - 1, sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel),
+ sort_dynamic_relocs);
+ }
}
}
+ if (htab->splt && htab->splt->size > 0)
+ {
+ if (htab->is_vxworks)
+ {
+ if (info->shared)
+ mips_vxworks_finish_shared_plt (output_bfd, info);
+ else
+ mips_vxworks_finish_exec_plt (output_bfd, info);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ BFD_ASSERT (!info->shared);
+ mips_finish_exec_plt (output_bfd, info);
+ }
+ }
return TRUE;
}
case bfd_mach_mips8000:
case bfd_mach_mips10000:
case bfd_mach_mips12000:
+ case bfd_mach_mips14000:
+ case bfd_mach_mips16000:
val = E_MIPS_ARCH_4;
break;
val = E_MIPS_ARCH_5;
break;
+ case bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2e:
+ val = E_MIPS_ARCH_3 | E_MIPS_MACH_LS2E;
+ break;
+
+ case bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2f:
+ val = E_MIPS_ARCH_3 | E_MIPS_MACH_LS2F;
+ break;
+
case bfd_mach_mips_sb1:
val = E_MIPS_ARCH_64 | E_MIPS_MACH_SB1;
break;
+ case bfd_mach_mips_loongson_3a:
+ val = E_MIPS_ARCH_64 | E_MIPS_MACH_LS3A;
+ break;
+
+ case bfd_mach_mips_octeon:
+ val = E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2 | E_MIPS_MACH_OCTEON;
+ break;
+
+ case bfd_mach_mips_xlr:
+ val = E_MIPS_ARCH_64 | E_MIPS_MACH_XLR;
+ break;
+
case bfd_mach_mipsisa32:
val = E_MIPS_ARCH_32;
break;
BFD_ASSERT ((*hdrpp)->bfd_section != NULL);
name = bfd_get_section_name (abfd, (*hdrpp)->bfd_section);
BFD_ASSERT (name != NULL
- && strncmp (name, ".gptab.", sizeof ".gptab." - 1) == 0);
+ && CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".gptab."));
sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, name + sizeof ".gptab" - 1);
BFD_ASSERT (sec != NULL);
(*hdrpp)->sh_info = elf_section_data (sec)->this_idx;
BFD_ASSERT ((*hdrpp)->bfd_section != NULL);
name = bfd_get_section_name (abfd, (*hdrpp)->bfd_section);
BFD_ASSERT (name != NULL
- && strncmp (name, ".MIPS.content",
- sizeof ".MIPS.content" - 1) == 0);
+ && CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".MIPS.content"));
sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd,
name + sizeof ".MIPS.content" - 1);
BFD_ASSERT (sec != NULL);
BFD_ASSERT ((*hdrpp)->bfd_section != NULL);
name = bfd_get_section_name (abfd, (*hdrpp)->bfd_section);
BFD_ASSERT (name != NULL);
- if (strncmp (name, ".MIPS.events", sizeof ".MIPS.events" - 1) == 0)
+ if (CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".MIPS.events"))
sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd,
name + sizeof ".MIPS.events" - 1);
else
{
- BFD_ASSERT (strncmp (name, ".MIPS.post_rel",
- sizeof ".MIPS.post_rel" - 1) == 0);
+ BFD_ASSERT (CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".MIPS.post_rel"));
sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd,
(name
+ sizeof ".MIPS.post_rel" - 1));
segments. */
int
-_bfd_mips_elf_additional_program_headers (bfd *abfd)
+_bfd_mips_elf_additional_program_headers (bfd *abfd,
+ struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
{
asection *s;
int ret = 0;
&& bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".mdebug"))
++ret;
+ /* Allocate a PT_NULL header in dynamic objects. See
+ _bfd_mips_elf_modify_segment_map for details. */
+ if (!SGI_COMPAT (abfd)
+ && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic"))
+ ++ret;
+
return ret;
}
bfd_boolean
_bfd_mips_elf_modify_segment_map (bfd *abfd,
- struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
+ struct bfd_link_info *info)
{
asection *s;
struct elf_segment_map *m, **pm;
|| (*pm)->p_type == PT_INTERP))
pm = &(*pm)->next;
- amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
- options_segment = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
- options_segment->next = *pm;
- options_segment->p_type = PT_MIPS_OPTIONS;
- options_segment->p_flags = PF_R;
- options_segment->p_flags_valid = TRUE;
- options_segment->count = 1;
- options_segment->sections[0] = s;
- *pm = options_segment;
+ if (*pm == NULL || (*pm)->p_type != PT_MIPS_OPTIONS)
+ {
+ amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
+ options_segment = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
+ options_segment->next = *pm;
+ options_segment->p_type = PT_MIPS_OPTIONS;
+ options_segment->p_flags = PF_R;
+ options_segment->p_flags_valid = TRUE;
+ options_segment->count = 1;
+ options_segment->sections[0] = s;
+ *pm = options_segment;
+ }
}
}
else
m->p_flags_valid = 1;
}
}
- if (m != NULL
- && m->count == 1 && strcmp (m->sections[0]->name, ".dynamic") == 0)
+ /* GNU/Linux binaries do not need the extended PT_DYNAMIC section.
+ glibc's dynamic linker has traditionally derived the number of
+ tags from the p_filesz field, and sometimes allocates stack
+ arrays of that size. An overly-big PT_DYNAMIC segment can
+ be actively harmful in such cases. Making PT_DYNAMIC contain
+ other sections can also make life hard for the prelinker,
+ which might move one of the other sections to a different
+ PT_LOAD segment. */
+ if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd)
+ && m != NULL
+ && m->count == 1
+ && strcmp (m->sections[0]->name, ".dynamic") == 0)
{
static const char *sec_names[] =
{
}
}
+ /* Allocate a spare program header in dynamic objects so that tools
+ like the prelinker can add an extra PT_LOAD entry.
+
+ If the prelinker needs to make room for a new PT_LOAD entry, its
+ standard procedure is to move the first (read-only) sections into
+ the new (writable) segment. However, the MIPS ABI requires
+ .dynamic to be in a read-only segment, and the section will often
+ start within sizeof (ElfNN_Phdr) bytes of the last program header.
+
+ Although the prelinker could in principle move .dynamic to a
+ writable segment, it seems better to allocate a spare program
+ header instead, and avoid the need to move any sections.
+ There is a long tradition of allocating spare dynamic tags,
+ so allocating a spare program header seems like a natural
+ extension.
+
+ If INFO is NULL, we may be copying an already prelinked binary
+ with objcopy or strip, so do not add this header. */
+ if (info != NULL
+ && !SGI_COMPAT (abfd)
+ && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic"))
+ {
+ for (pm = &elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map; *pm != NULL; pm = &(*pm)->next)
+ if ((*pm)->p_type == PT_NULL)
+ break;
+ if (*pm == NULL)
+ {
+ m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (*m));
+ if (m == NULL)
+ return FALSE;
+
+ m->p_type = PT_NULL;
+ *pm = m;
+ }
+ }
+
return TRUE;
}
\f
asection *
_bfd_mips_elf_gc_mark_hook (asection *sec,
- struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
+ struct bfd_link_info *info,
Elf_Internal_Rela *rel,
struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
Elf_Internal_Sym *sym)
/* ??? Do mips16 stub sections need to be handled special? */
if (h != NULL)
- {
- switch (ELF_R_TYPE (sec->owner, rel->r_info))
- {
- case R_MIPS_GNU_VTINHERIT:
- case R_MIPS_GNU_VTENTRY:
- break;
-
- default:
- switch (h->root.type)
- {
- case bfd_link_hash_defined:
- case bfd_link_hash_defweak:
- return h->root.u.def.section;
-
- case bfd_link_hash_common:
- return h->root.u.c.p->section;
-
- default:
- break;
- }
- }
- }
- else
- return bfd_section_from_elf_index (sec->owner, sym->st_shndx);
+ switch (ELF_R_TYPE (sec->owner, rel->r_info))
+ {
+ case R_MIPS_GNU_VTINHERIT:
+ case R_MIPS_GNU_VTENTRY:
+ return NULL;
+ }
- return NULL;
+ return _bfd_elf_gc_mark_hook (sec, info, rel, h, sym);
}
/* Update the got entry reference counts for the section being removed. */
unsigned long r_symndx;
struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
+ if (info->relocatable)
+ return TRUE;
+
symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (abfd);
local_got_refcounts = elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd);
for (rel = relocs; rel < relend; rel++)
switch (ELF_R_TYPE (abfd, rel->r_info))
{
+ case R_MIPS16_GOT16:
+ case R_MIPS16_CALL16:
case R_MIPS_GOT16:
case R_MIPS_CALL16:
case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16:
case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP:
case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE:
case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST:
+ case R_MICROMIPS_GOT16:
+ case R_MICROMIPS_CALL16:
+ case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16:
+ case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16:
+ case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16:
+ case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16:
+ case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP:
+ case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE:
+ case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_OFST:
/* ??? It would seem that the existing MIPS code does no sort
of reference counting or whatnot on its GOT and PLT entries,
so it is not possible to garbage collect them at this time. */
_bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect copy the flags for us. */
void
-_bfd_mips_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (const struct elf_backend_data *bed,
+_bfd_mips_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info,
struct elf_link_hash_entry *dir,
struct elf_link_hash_entry *ind)
{
struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *dirmips, *indmips;
- _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect (bed, dir, ind);
+ _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect (info, dir, ind);
+
+ dirmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) dir;
+ indmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) ind;
+ /* Any absolute non-dynamic relocations against an indirect or weak
+ definition will be against the target symbol. */
+ if (indmips->has_static_relocs)
+ dirmips->has_static_relocs = TRUE;
if (ind->root.type != bfd_link_hash_indirect)
return;
- dirmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) dir;
- indmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) ind;
dirmips->possibly_dynamic_relocs += indmips->possibly_dynamic_relocs;
if (indmips->readonly_reloc)
dirmips->readonly_reloc = TRUE;
if (indmips->no_fn_stub)
dirmips->no_fn_stub = TRUE;
-}
+ if (indmips->fn_stub)
+ {
+ dirmips->fn_stub = indmips->fn_stub;
+ indmips->fn_stub = NULL;
+ }
+ if (indmips->need_fn_stub)
+ {
+ dirmips->need_fn_stub = TRUE;
+ indmips->need_fn_stub = FALSE;
+ }
+ if (indmips->call_stub)
+ {
+ dirmips->call_stub = indmips->call_stub;
+ indmips->call_stub = NULL;
+ }
+ if (indmips->call_fp_stub)
+ {
+ dirmips->call_fp_stub = indmips->call_fp_stub;
+ indmips->call_fp_stub = NULL;
+ }
+ if (indmips->global_got_area < dirmips->global_got_area)
+ dirmips->global_got_area = indmips->global_got_area;
+ if (indmips->global_got_area < GGA_NONE)
+ indmips->global_got_area = GGA_NONE;
+ if (indmips->has_nonpic_branches)
+ dirmips->has_nonpic_branches = TRUE;
-void
-_bfd_mips_elf_hide_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info,
- struct elf_link_hash_entry *entry,
- bfd_boolean force_local)
-{
- bfd *dynobj;
- asection *got;
- struct mips_got_info *g;
- struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h;
-
- h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) entry;
- if (h->forced_local)
- return;
- h->forced_local = force_local;
-
- dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
- if (dynobj != NULL && force_local)
- {
- got = mips_elf_got_section (dynobj, FALSE);
- g = mips_elf_section_data (got)->u.got_info;
-
- if (g->next)
- {
- struct mips_got_entry e;
- struct mips_got_info *gg = g;
-
- /* Since we're turning what used to be a global symbol into a
- local one, bump up the number of local entries of each GOT
- that had an entry for it. This will automatically decrease
- the number of global entries, since global_gotno is actually
- the upper limit of global entries. */
- e.abfd = dynobj;
- e.symndx = -1;
- e.d.h = h;
-
- for (g = g->next; g != gg; g = g->next)
- if (htab_find (g->got_entries, &e))
- {
- BFD_ASSERT (g->global_gotno > 0);
- g->local_gotno++;
- g->global_gotno--;
- }
-
- /* If this was a global symbol forced into the primary GOT, we
- no longer need an entry for it. We can't release the entry
- at this point, but we must at least stop counting it as one
- of the symbols that required a forced got entry. */
- if (h->root.got.offset == 2)
- {
- BFD_ASSERT (gg->assigned_gotno > 0);
- gg->assigned_gotno--;
- }
- }
- else if (g->global_gotno == 0 && g->global_gotsym == NULL)
- /* If we haven't got through GOT allocation yet, just bump up the
- number of local entries, as this symbol won't be counted as
- global. */
- g->local_gotno++;
- else if (h->root.got.offset == 1)
- {
- /* If we're past non-multi-GOT allocation and this symbol had
- been marked for a global got entry, give it a local entry
- instead. */
- BFD_ASSERT (g->global_gotno > 0);
- g->local_gotno++;
- g->global_gotno--;
- }
- }
-
- _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (info, &h->root, force_local);
+ if (dirmips->tls_type == 0)
+ dirmips->tls_type = indmips->tls_type;
}
\f
#define PDR_SIZE 32
}
bfd_boolean
-_bfd_mips_elf_write_section (bfd *output_bfd, asection *sec,
- bfd_byte *contents)
+_bfd_mips_elf_write_section (bfd *output_bfd,
+ struct bfd_link_info *link_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
+ asection *sec, bfd_byte *contents)
{
bfd_byte *to, *from, *end;
int i;
return TRUE;
}
\f
+/* microMIPS code retains local labels for linker relaxation. Omit them
+ from output by default for clarity. */
+
+bfd_boolean
+_bfd_mips_elf_is_target_special_symbol (bfd *abfd, asymbol *sym)
+{
+ return _bfd_elf_is_local_label_name (abfd, sym->name);
+}
+
/* MIPS ELF uses a special find_nearest_line routine in order the
handle the ECOFF debugging information. */
filename_ptr, functionname_ptr,
line_ptr);
}
+
+bfd_boolean
+_bfd_mips_elf_find_inliner_info (bfd *abfd,
+ const char **filename_ptr,
+ const char **functionname_ptr,
+ unsigned int *line_ptr)
+{
+ bfd_boolean found;
+ found = _bfd_dwarf2_find_inliner_info (abfd, filename_ptr,
+ functionname_ptr, line_ptr,
+ & elf_tdata (abfd)->dwarf2_find_line_info);
+ return found;
+}
+
\f
/* When are writing out the .options or .MIPS.options section,
remember the bytes we are writing out, so that we can install the
const void *location,
file_ptr offset, bfd_size_type count)
{
- if (strcmp (section->name, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd)) == 0)
+ if (MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME_P (section->name))
{
bfd_byte *c;
/* Specific to MIPS: Deal with relocation types that require
knowing the gp of the output bfd. */
asymbol *sym = *(*parent)->sym_ptr_ptr;
- if (bfd_is_abs_section (sym->section) && abfd)
+
+ /* If we've managed to find the gp and have a special
+ function for the relocation then go ahead, else default
+ to the generic handling. */
+ if (gp_found
+ && (*parent)->howto->special_function
+ == _bfd_mips_elf32_gprel16_reloc)
+ r = _bfd_mips_elf_gprel16_with_gp (input_bfd, sym, *parent,
+ input_section, relocatable,
+ data, gp);
+ else
+ r = bfd_perform_relocation (input_bfd, *parent, data,
+ input_section,
+ relocatable ? abfd : NULL,
+ &error_message);
+
+ if (relocatable)
+ {
+ asection *os = input_section->output_section;
+
+ /* A partial link, so keep the relocs */
+ os->orelocation[os->reloc_count] = *parent;
+ os->reloc_count++;
+ }
+
+ if (r != bfd_reloc_ok)
+ {
+ switch (r)
+ {
+ case bfd_reloc_undefined:
+ if (!((*link_info->callbacks->undefined_symbol)
+ (link_info, bfd_asymbol_name (*(*parent)->sym_ptr_ptr),
+ input_bfd, input_section, (*parent)->address, TRUE)))
+ goto error_return;
+ break;
+ case bfd_reloc_dangerous:
+ BFD_ASSERT (error_message != NULL);
+ if (!((*link_info->callbacks->reloc_dangerous)
+ (link_info, error_message, input_bfd, input_section,
+ (*parent)->address)))
+ goto error_return;
+ break;
+ case bfd_reloc_overflow:
+ if (!((*link_info->callbacks->reloc_overflow)
+ (link_info, NULL,
+ bfd_asymbol_name (*(*parent)->sym_ptr_ptr),
+ (*parent)->howto->name, (*parent)->addend,
+ input_bfd, input_section, (*parent)->address)))
+ goto error_return;
+ break;
+ case bfd_reloc_outofrange:
+ default:
+ abort ();
+ break;
+ }
+
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ if (reloc_vector != NULL)
+ free (reloc_vector);
+ return data;
+
+error_return:
+ if (reloc_vector != NULL)
+ free (reloc_vector);
+ return NULL;
+}
+\f
+static bfd_boolean
+mips_elf_relax_delete_bytes (bfd *abfd,
+ asection *sec, bfd_vma addr, int count)
+{
+ Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
+ unsigned int sec_shndx;
+ bfd_byte *contents;
+ Elf_Internal_Rela *irel, *irelend;
+ Elf_Internal_Sym *isym;
+ Elf_Internal_Sym *isymend;
+ struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
+ struct elf_link_hash_entry **end_hashes;
+ struct elf_link_hash_entry **start_hashes;
+ unsigned int symcount;
+
+ sec_shndx = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, sec);
+ contents = elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents;
+
+ irel = elf_section_data (sec)->relocs;
+ irelend = irel + sec->reloc_count;
+
+ /* Actually delete the bytes. */
+ memmove (contents + addr, contents + addr + count,
+ (size_t) (sec->size - addr - count));
+ sec->size -= count;
+
+ /* Adjust all the relocs. */
+ for (irel = elf_section_data (sec)->relocs; irel < irelend; irel++)
+ {
+ /* Get the new reloc address. */
+ if (irel->r_offset > addr)
+ irel->r_offset -= count;
+ }
+
+ BFD_ASSERT (addr % 2 == 0);
+ BFD_ASSERT (count % 2 == 0);
+
+ /* Adjust the local symbols defined in this section. */
+ symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
+ isym = (Elf_Internal_Sym *) symtab_hdr->contents;
+ for (isymend = isym + symtab_hdr->sh_info; isym < isymend; isym++)
+ if (isym->st_shndx == sec_shndx && isym->st_value > addr)
+ isym->st_value -= count;
+
+ /* Now adjust the global symbols defined in this section. */
+ symcount = (symtab_hdr->sh_size / sizeof (Elf32_External_Sym)
+ - symtab_hdr->sh_info);
+ sym_hashes = start_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (abfd);
+ end_hashes = sym_hashes + symcount;
+
+ for (; sym_hashes < end_hashes; sym_hashes++)
+ {
+ struct elf_link_hash_entry *sym_hash = *sym_hashes;
+
+ if ((sym_hash->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
+ || sym_hash->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
+ && sym_hash->root.u.def.section == sec)
+ {
+ bfd_vma value = sym_hash->root.u.def.value;
+
+ if (ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (sym_hash->other))
+ value &= MINUS_TWO;
+ if (value > addr)
+ sym_hash->root.u.def.value -= count;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+
+/* Opcodes needed for microMIPS relaxation as found in
+ opcodes/micromips-opc.c. */
+
+struct opcode_descriptor {
+ unsigned long match;
+ unsigned long mask;
+};
+
+/* The $ra register aka $31. */
+
+#define RA 31
+
+/* 32-bit instruction format register fields. */
+
+#define OP32_SREG(opcode) (((opcode) >> 16) & 0x1f)
+#define OP32_TREG(opcode) (((opcode) >> 21) & 0x1f)
+
+/* Check if a 5-bit register index can be abbreviated to 3 bits. */
+
+#define OP16_VALID_REG(r) \
+ ((2 <= (r) && (r) <= 7) || (16 <= (r) && (r) <= 17))
+
+
+/* 32-bit and 16-bit branches. */
+
+static const struct opcode_descriptor b_insns_32[] = {
+ { /* "b", "p", */ 0x40400000, 0xffff0000 }, /* bgez 0 */
+ { /* "b", "p", */ 0x94000000, 0xffff0000 }, /* beq 0, 0 */
+ { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
+};
+
+static const struct opcode_descriptor bc_insn_32 =
+ { /* "bc(1|2)(ft)", "N,p", */ 0x42800000, 0xfec30000 };
+
+static const struct opcode_descriptor bz_insn_32 =
+ { /* "b(g|l)(e|t)z", "s,p", */ 0x40000000, 0xff200000 };
+
+static const struct opcode_descriptor bzal_insn_32 =
+ { /* "b(ge|lt)zal", "s,p", */ 0x40200000, 0xffa00000 };
+
+static const struct opcode_descriptor beq_insn_32 =
+ { /* "b(eq|ne)", "s,t,p", */ 0x94000000, 0xdc000000 };
+
+static const struct opcode_descriptor b_insn_16 =
+ { /* "b", "mD", */ 0xcc00, 0xfc00 };
+
+static const struct opcode_descriptor bz_insn_16 =
+ { /* "b(eq|ne)z", "md,mE", */ 0x8c00, 0xdc00 };
+
+
+/* 32-bit and 16-bit branch EQ and NE zero. */
+
+/* NOTE: All opcode tables have BEQ/BNE in the same order: first the
+ eq and second the ne. This convention is used when replacing a
+ 32-bit BEQ/BNE with the 16-bit version. */
+
+#define BZC32_REG_FIELD(r) (((r) & 0x1f) << 16)
+
+static const struct opcode_descriptor bz_rs_insns_32[] = {
+ { /* "beqz", "s,p", */ 0x94000000, 0xffe00000 },
+ { /* "bnez", "s,p", */ 0xb4000000, 0xffe00000 },
+ { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
+};
+
+static const struct opcode_descriptor bz_rt_insns_32[] = {
+ { /* "beqz", "t,p", */ 0x94000000, 0xfc01f000 },
+ { /* "bnez", "t,p", */ 0xb4000000, 0xfc01f000 },
+ { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
+};
+
+static const struct opcode_descriptor bzc_insns_32[] = {
+ { /* "beqzc", "s,p", */ 0x40e00000, 0xffe00000 },
+ { /* "bnezc", "s,p", */ 0x40a00000, 0xffe00000 },
+ { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
+};
+
+static const struct opcode_descriptor bz_insns_16[] = {
+ { /* "beqz", "md,mE", */ 0x8c00, 0xfc00 },
+ { /* "bnez", "md,mE", */ 0xac00, 0xfc00 },
+ { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
+};
+
+/* Switch between a 5-bit register index and its 3-bit shorthand. */
+
+#define BZ16_REG(opcode) ((((((opcode) >> 7) & 7) + 0x1e) & 0x17) + 2)
+#define BZ16_REG_FIELD(r) \
+ (((2 <= (r) && (r) <= 7) ? (r) : ((r) - 16)) << 7)
+
+
+/* 32-bit instructions with a delay slot. */
+
+static const struct opcode_descriptor jal_insn_32_bd16 =
+ { /* "jals", "a", */ 0x74000000, 0xfc000000 };
+
+static const struct opcode_descriptor jal_insn_32_bd32 =
+ { /* "jal", "a", */ 0xf4000000, 0xfc000000 };
+
+static const struct opcode_descriptor jal_x_insn_32_bd32 =
+ { /* "jal[x]", "a", */ 0xf0000000, 0xf8000000 };
+
+static const struct opcode_descriptor j_insn_32 =
+ { /* "j", "a", */ 0xd4000000, 0xfc000000 };
+
+static const struct opcode_descriptor jalr_insn_32 =
+ { /* "jalr[.hb]", "t,s", */ 0x00000f3c, 0xfc00efff };
+
+/* This table can be compacted, because no opcode replacement is made. */
+
+static const struct opcode_descriptor ds_insns_32_bd16[] = {
+ { /* "jals", "a", */ 0x74000000, 0xfc000000 },
+
+ { /* "jalrs[.hb]", "t,s", */ 0x00004f3c, 0xfc00efff },
+ { /* "b(ge|lt)zals", "s,p", */ 0x42200000, 0xffa00000 },
+
+ { /* "b(g|l)(e|t)z", "s,p", */ 0x40000000, 0xff200000 },
+ { /* "b(eq|ne)", "s,t,p", */ 0x94000000, 0xdc000000 },
+ { /* "j", "a", */ 0xd4000000, 0xfc000000 },
+ { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
+};
+
+/* This table can be compacted, because no opcode replacement is made. */
+
+static const struct opcode_descriptor ds_insns_32_bd32[] = {
+ { /* "jal[x]", "a", */ 0xf0000000, 0xf8000000 },
+
+ { /* "jalr[.hb]", "t,s", */ 0x00000f3c, 0xfc00efff },
+ { /* "b(ge|lt)zal", "s,p", */ 0x40200000, 0xffa00000 },
+ { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
+};
+
+
+/* 16-bit instructions with a delay slot. */
+
+static const struct opcode_descriptor jalr_insn_16_bd16 =
+ { /* "jalrs", "my,mj", */ 0x45e0, 0xffe0 };
+
+static const struct opcode_descriptor jalr_insn_16_bd32 =
+ { /* "jalr", "my,mj", */ 0x45c0, 0xffe0 };
+
+static const struct opcode_descriptor jr_insn_16 =
+ { /* "jr", "mj", */ 0x4580, 0xffe0 };
+
+#define JR16_REG(opcode) ((opcode) & 0x1f)
+
+/* This table can be compacted, because no opcode replacement is made. */
+
+static const struct opcode_descriptor ds_insns_16_bd16[] = {
+ { /* "jalrs", "my,mj", */ 0x45e0, 0xffe0 },
+
+ { /* "b", "mD", */ 0xcc00, 0xfc00 },
+ { /* "b(eq|ne)z", "md,mE", */ 0x8c00, 0xdc00 },
+ { /* "jr", "mj", */ 0x4580, 0xffe0 },
+ { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
+};
+
+
+/* LUI instruction. */
+
+static const struct opcode_descriptor lui_insn =
+ { /* "lui", "s,u", */ 0x41a00000, 0xffe00000 };
+
+
+/* ADDIU instruction. */
+
+static const struct opcode_descriptor addiu_insn =
+ { /* "addiu", "t,r,j", */ 0x30000000, 0xfc000000 };
+
+static const struct opcode_descriptor addiupc_insn =
+ { /* "addiu", "mb,$pc,mQ", */ 0x78000000, 0xfc000000 };
+
+#define ADDIUPC_REG_FIELD(r) \
+ (((2 <= (r) && (r) <= 7) ? (r) : ((r) - 16)) << 23)
+
+
+/* Relaxable instructions in a JAL delay slot: MOVE. */
+
+/* The 16-bit move has rd in 9:5 and rs in 4:0. The 32-bit moves
+ (ADDU, OR) have rd in 15:11 and rs in 10:16. */
+#define MOVE32_RD(opcode) (((opcode) >> 11) & 0x1f)
+#define MOVE32_RS(opcode) (((opcode) >> 16) & 0x1f)
+
+#define MOVE16_RD_FIELD(r) (((r) & 0x1f) << 5)
+#define MOVE16_RS_FIELD(r) (((r) & 0x1f) )
+
+static const struct opcode_descriptor move_insns_32[] = {
+ { /* "move", "d,s", */ 0x00000150, 0xffe007ff }, /* addu d,s,$0 */
+ { /* "move", "d,s", */ 0x00000290, 0xffe007ff }, /* or d,s,$0 */
+ { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
+};
+
+static const struct opcode_descriptor move_insn_16 =
+ { /* "move", "mp,mj", */ 0x0c00, 0xfc00 };
+
+
+/* NOP instructions. */
+
+static const struct opcode_descriptor nop_insn_32 =
+ { /* "nop", "", */ 0x00000000, 0xffffffff };
+
+static const struct opcode_descriptor nop_insn_16 =
+ { /* "nop", "", */ 0x0c00, 0xffff };
+
+
+/* Instruction match support. */
+
+#define MATCH(opcode, insn) ((opcode & insn.mask) == insn.match)
+
+static int
+find_match (unsigned long opcode, const struct opcode_descriptor insn[])
+{
+ unsigned long indx;
+
+ for (indx = 0; insn[indx].mask != 0; indx++)
+ if (MATCH (opcode, insn[indx]))
+ return indx;
+
+ return -1;
+}
+
+
+/* Branch and delay slot decoding support. */
+
+/* If PTR points to what *might* be a 16-bit branch or jump, then
+ return the minimum length of its delay slot, otherwise return 0.
+ Non-zero results are not definitive as we might be checking against
+ the second half of another instruction. */
+
+static int
+check_br16_dslot (bfd *abfd, bfd_byte *ptr)
+{
+ unsigned long opcode;
+ int bdsize;
+
+ opcode = bfd_get_16 (abfd, ptr);
+ if (MATCH (opcode, jalr_insn_16_bd32) != 0)
+ /* 16-bit branch/jump with a 32-bit delay slot. */
+ bdsize = 4;
+ else if (MATCH (opcode, jalr_insn_16_bd16) != 0
+ || find_match (opcode, ds_insns_16_bd16) >= 0)
+ /* 16-bit branch/jump with a 16-bit delay slot. */
+ bdsize = 2;
+ else
+ /* No delay slot. */
+ bdsize = 0;
+
+ return bdsize;
+}
+
+/* If PTR points to what *might* be a 32-bit branch or jump, then
+ return the minimum length of its delay slot, otherwise return 0.
+ Non-zero results are not definitive as we might be checking against
+ the second half of another instruction. */
+
+static int
+check_br32_dslot (bfd *abfd, bfd_byte *ptr)
+{
+ unsigned long opcode;
+ int bdsize;
+
+ opcode = (bfd_get_16 (abfd, ptr) << 16) | bfd_get_16 (abfd, ptr + 2);
+ if (find_match (opcode, ds_insns_32_bd32) >= 0)
+ /* 32-bit branch/jump with a 32-bit delay slot. */
+ bdsize = 4;
+ else if (find_match (opcode, ds_insns_32_bd16) >= 0)
+ /* 32-bit branch/jump with a 16-bit delay slot. */
+ bdsize = 2;
+ else
+ /* No delay slot. */
+ bdsize = 0;
+
+ return bdsize;
+}
+
+/* If PTR points to a 16-bit branch or jump with a 32-bit delay slot
+ that doesn't fiddle with REG, then return TRUE, otherwise FALSE. */
+
+static bfd_boolean
+check_br16 (bfd *abfd, bfd_byte *ptr, unsigned long reg)
+{
+ unsigned long opcode;
+
+ opcode = bfd_get_16 (abfd, ptr);
+ if (MATCH (opcode, b_insn_16)
+ /* B16 */
+ || (MATCH (opcode, jr_insn_16) && reg != JR16_REG (opcode))
+ /* JR16 */
+ || (MATCH (opcode, bz_insn_16) && reg != BZ16_REG (opcode))
+ /* BEQZ16, BNEZ16 */
+ || (MATCH (opcode, jalr_insn_16_bd32)
+ /* JALR16 */
+ && reg != JR16_REG (opcode) && reg != RA))
+ return TRUE;
+
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
+/* If PTR points to a 32-bit branch or jump that doesn't fiddle with REG,
+ then return TRUE, otherwise FALSE. */
+
+static bfd_boolean
+check_br32 (bfd *abfd, bfd_byte *ptr, unsigned long reg)
+{
+ unsigned long opcode;
+
+ opcode = (bfd_get_16 (abfd, ptr) << 16) | bfd_get_16 (abfd, ptr + 2);
+ if (MATCH (opcode, j_insn_32)
+ /* J */
+ || MATCH (opcode, bc_insn_32)
+ /* BC1F, BC1T, BC2F, BC2T */
+ || (MATCH (opcode, jal_x_insn_32_bd32) && reg != RA)
+ /* JAL, JALX */
+ || (MATCH (opcode, bz_insn_32) && reg != OP32_SREG (opcode))
+ /* BGEZ, BGTZ, BLEZ, BLTZ */
+ || (MATCH (opcode, bzal_insn_32)
+ /* BGEZAL, BLTZAL */
+ && reg != OP32_SREG (opcode) && reg != RA)
+ || ((MATCH (opcode, jalr_insn_32) || MATCH (opcode, beq_insn_32))
+ /* JALR, JALR.HB, BEQ, BNE */
+ && reg != OP32_SREG (opcode) && reg != OP32_TREG (opcode)))
+ return TRUE;
+
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
+/* If the instruction encoding at PTR and relocations [INTERNAL_RELOCS,
+ IRELEND) at OFFSET indicate that there must be a compact branch there,
+ then return TRUE, otherwise FALSE. */
+
+static bfd_boolean
+check_relocated_bzc (bfd *abfd, const bfd_byte *ptr, bfd_vma offset,
+ const Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs,
+ const Elf_Internal_Rela *irelend)
+{
+ const Elf_Internal_Rela *irel;
+ unsigned long opcode;
+
+ opcode = bfd_get_16 (abfd, ptr);
+ opcode <<= 16;
+ opcode |= bfd_get_16 (abfd, ptr + 2);
+ if (find_match (opcode, bzc_insns_32) < 0)
+ return FALSE;
+
+ for (irel = internal_relocs; irel < irelend; irel++)
+ if (irel->r_offset == offset
+ && ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) == R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1)
+ return TRUE;
+
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
+/* Bitsize checking. */
+#define IS_BITSIZE(val, N) \
+ (((((val) & ((1ULL << (N)) - 1)) ^ (1ULL << ((N) - 1))) \
+ - (1ULL << ((N) - 1))) == (val))
+
+\f
+bfd_boolean
+_bfd_mips_elf_relax_section (bfd *abfd, asection *sec,
+ struct bfd_link_info *link_info,
+ bfd_boolean *again)
+{
+ Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
+ Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs;
+ Elf_Internal_Rela *irel, *irelend;
+ bfd_byte *contents = NULL;
+ Elf_Internal_Sym *isymbuf = NULL;
+
+ /* Assume nothing changes. */
+ *again = FALSE;
+
+ /* We don't have to do anything for a relocatable link, if
+ this section does not have relocs, or if this is not a
+ code section. */
+
+ if (link_info->relocatable
+ || (sec->flags & SEC_RELOC) == 0
+ || sec->reloc_count == 0
+ || (sec->flags & SEC_CODE) == 0)
+ return TRUE;
+
+ symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
+
+ /* Get a copy of the native relocations. */
+ internal_relocs = (_bfd_elf_link_read_relocs
+ (abfd, sec, (PTR) NULL, (Elf_Internal_Rela *) NULL,
+ link_info->keep_memory));
+ if (internal_relocs == NULL)
+ goto error_return;
+
+ /* Walk through them looking for relaxing opportunities. */
+ irelend = internal_relocs + sec->reloc_count;
+ for (irel = internal_relocs; irel < irelend; irel++)
+ {
+ unsigned long r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (irel->r_info);
+ unsigned int r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info);
+ bfd_boolean target_is_micromips_code_p;
+ unsigned long opcode;
+ bfd_vma symval;
+ bfd_vma pcrval;
+ bfd_byte *ptr;
+ int fndopc;
+
+ /* The number of bytes to delete for relaxation and from where
+ to delete these bytes starting at irel->r_offset. */
+ int delcnt = 0;
+ int deloff = 0;
+
+ /* If this isn't something that can be relaxed, then ignore
+ this reloc. */
+ if (r_type != R_MICROMIPS_HI16
+ && r_type != R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
+ && r_type != R_MICROMIPS_26_S1)
+ continue;
+
+ /* Get the section contents if we haven't done so already. */
+ if (contents == NULL)
+ {
+ /* Get cached copy if it exists. */
+ if (elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != NULL)
+ contents = elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents;
+ /* Go get them off disk. */
+ else if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, sec, &contents))
+ goto error_return;
+ }
+ ptr = contents + irel->r_offset;
+
+ /* Read this BFD's local symbols if we haven't done so already. */
+ if (isymbuf == NULL && symtab_hdr->sh_info != 0)
+ {
+ isymbuf = (Elf_Internal_Sym *) symtab_hdr->contents;
+ if (isymbuf == NULL)
+ isymbuf = bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd, symtab_hdr,
+ symtab_hdr->sh_info, 0,
+ NULL, NULL, NULL);
+ if (isymbuf == NULL)
+ goto error_return;
+ }
+
+ /* Get the value of the symbol referred to by the reloc. */
+ if (r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
+ {
+ /* A local symbol. */
+ Elf_Internal_Sym *isym;
+ asection *sym_sec;
+
+ isym = isymbuf + r_symndx;
+ if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_UNDEF)
+ sym_sec = bfd_und_section_ptr;
+ else if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_ABS)
+ sym_sec = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
+ else if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_COMMON)
+ sym_sec = bfd_com_section_ptr;
+ else
+ sym_sec = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, isym->st_shndx);
+ symval = (isym->st_value
+ + sym_sec->output_section->vma
+ + sym_sec->output_offset);
+ target_is_micromips_code_p = ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (isym->st_other);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ unsigned long indx;
+ struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
+
+ /* An external symbol. */
+ indx = r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info;
+ h = elf_sym_hashes (abfd)[indx];
+ BFD_ASSERT (h != NULL);
+
+ if (h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_defined
+ && h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_defweak)
+ /* This appears to be a reference to an undefined
+ symbol. Just ignore it -- it will be caught by the
+ regular reloc processing. */
+ continue;
+
+ symval = (h->root.u.def.value
+ + h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
+ + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset);
+ target_is_micromips_code_p = (!h->needs_plt
+ && ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (h->other));
+ }
+
+
+ /* For simplicity of coding, we are going to modify the
+ section contents, the section relocs, and the BFD symbol
+ table. We must tell the rest of the code not to free up this
+ information. It would be possible to instead create a table
+ of changes which have to be made, as is done in coff-mips.c;
+ that would be more work, but would require less memory when
+ the linker is run. */
+
+ /* Only 32-bit instructions relaxed. */
+ if (irel->r_offset + 4 > sec->size)
+ continue;
+
+ opcode = bfd_get_16 (abfd, ptr ) << 16;
+ opcode |= bfd_get_16 (abfd, ptr + 2);
+
+ /* This is the pc-relative distance from the instruction the
+ relocation is applied to, to the symbol referred. */
+ pcrval = (symval
+ - (sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset)
+ - irel->r_offset);
+
+ /* R_MICROMIPS_HI16 / LUI relaxation to nil, performing relaxation
+ of corresponding R_MICROMIPS_LO16 to R_MICROMIPS_HI0_LO16 or
+ R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2. The R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2 condition is
+
+ (symval % 4 == 0 && IS_BITSIZE (pcrval, 25))
+
+ where pcrval has first to be adjusted to apply against the LO16
+ location (we make the adjustment later on, when we have figured
+ out the offset). */
+ if (r_type == R_MICROMIPS_HI16 && MATCH (opcode, lui_insn))
+ {
+ bfd_boolean bzc = FALSE;
+ unsigned long nextopc;
+ unsigned long reg;
+ bfd_vma offset;
+
+ /* Give up if the previous reloc was a HI16 against this symbol
+ too. */
+ if (irel > internal_relocs
+ && ELF32_R_TYPE (irel[-1].r_info) == R_MICROMIPS_HI16
+ && ELF32_R_SYM (irel[-1].r_info) == r_symndx)
+ continue;
+
+ /* Or if the next reloc is not a LO16 against this symbol. */
+ if (irel + 1 >= irelend
+ || ELF32_R_TYPE (irel[1].r_info) != R_MICROMIPS_LO16
+ || ELF32_R_SYM (irel[1].r_info) != r_symndx)
+ continue;
+
+ /* Or if the second next reloc is a LO16 against this symbol too. */
+ if (irel + 2 >= irelend
+ && ELF32_R_TYPE (irel[2].r_info) == R_MICROMIPS_LO16
+ && ELF32_R_SYM (irel[2].r_info) == r_symndx)
+ continue;
+
+ /* See if the LUI instruction *might* be in a branch delay slot.
+ We check whether what looks like a 16-bit branch or jump is
+ actually an immediate argument to a compact branch, and let
+ it through if so. */
+ if (irel->r_offset >= 2
+ && check_br16_dslot (abfd, ptr - 2)
+ && !(irel->r_offset >= 4
+ && (bzc = check_relocated_bzc (abfd,
+ ptr - 4, irel->r_offset - 4,
+ internal_relocs, irelend))))
+ continue;
+ if (irel->r_offset >= 4
+ && !bzc
+ && check_br32_dslot (abfd, ptr - 4))
+ continue;
+
+ reg = OP32_SREG (opcode);
+
+ /* We only relax adjacent instructions or ones separated with
+ a branch or jump that has a delay slot. The branch or jump
+ must not fiddle with the register used to hold the address.
+ Subtract 4 for the LUI itself. */
+ offset = irel[1].r_offset - irel[0].r_offset;
+ switch (offset - 4)
{
- /* The special_function wouldn't get called anyway. */
+ case 0:
+ break;
+ case 2:
+ if (check_br16 (abfd, ptr + 4, reg))
+ break;
+ continue;
+ case 4:
+ if (check_br32 (abfd, ptr + 4, reg))
+ break;
+ continue;
+ default:
+ continue;
}
- else if (!gp_found)
+
+ nextopc = bfd_get_16 (abfd, contents + irel[1].r_offset ) << 16;
+ nextopc |= bfd_get_16 (abfd, contents + irel[1].r_offset + 2);
+
+ /* Give up unless the same register is used with both
+ relocations. */
+ if (OP32_SREG (nextopc) != reg)
+ continue;
+
+ /* Now adjust pcrval, subtracting the offset to the LO16 reloc
+ and rounding up to take masking of the two LSBs into account. */
+ pcrval = ((pcrval - offset + 3) | 3) ^ 3;
+
+ /* R_MICROMIPS_LO16 relaxation to R_MICROMIPS_HI0_LO16. */
+ if (IS_BITSIZE (symval, 16))
{
- /* The gp isn't there; let the special function code
- fall over on its own. */
+ /* Fix the relocation's type. */
+ irel[1].r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, R_MICROMIPS_HI0_LO16);
+
+ /* Instructions using R_MICROMIPS_LO16 have the base or
+ source register in bits 20:16. This register becomes $0
+ (zero) as the result of the R_MICROMIPS_HI16 being 0. */
+ nextopc &= ~0x001f0000;
+ bfd_put_16 (abfd, (nextopc >> 16) & 0xffff,
+ contents + irel[1].r_offset);
}
- else if ((*parent)->howto->special_function
- == _bfd_mips_elf32_gprel16_reloc)
+
+ /* R_MICROMIPS_LO16 / ADDIU relaxation to R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2.
+ We add 4 to take LUI deletion into account while checking
+ the PC-relative distance. */
+ else if (symval % 4 == 0
+ && IS_BITSIZE (pcrval + 4, 25)
+ && MATCH (nextopc, addiu_insn)
+ && OP32_TREG (nextopc) == OP32_SREG (nextopc)
+ && OP16_VALID_REG (OP32_TREG (nextopc)))
{
- /* bypass special_function call */
- r = _bfd_mips_elf_gprel16_with_gp (input_bfd, sym, *parent,
- input_section, relocatable,
- data, gp);
- goto skip_bfd_perform_relocation;
+ /* Fix the relocation's type. */
+ irel[1].r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2);
+
+ /* Replace ADDIU with the ADDIUPC version. */
+ nextopc = (addiupc_insn.match
+ | ADDIUPC_REG_FIELD (OP32_TREG (nextopc)));
+
+ bfd_put_16 (abfd, (nextopc >> 16) & 0xffff,
+ contents + irel[1].r_offset);
+ bfd_put_16 (abfd, nextopc & 0xffff,
+ contents + irel[1].r_offset + 2);
}
- /* end mips specific stuff */
- r = bfd_perform_relocation (input_bfd, *parent, data, input_section,
- relocatable ? abfd : NULL,
- &error_message);
- skip_bfd_perform_relocation:
+ /* Can't do anything, give up, sigh... */
+ else
+ continue;
- if (relocatable)
+ /* Fix the relocation's type. */
+ irel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, R_MIPS_NONE);
+
+ /* Delete the LUI instruction: 4 bytes at irel->r_offset. */
+ delcnt = 4;
+ deloff = 0;
+ }
+
+ /* Compact branch relaxation -- due to the multitude of macros
+ employed by the compiler/assembler, compact branches are not
+ always generated. Obviously, this can/will be fixed elsewhere,
+ but there is no drawback in double checking it here. */
+ else if (r_type == R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
+ && irel->r_offset + 5 < sec->size
+ && ((fndopc = find_match (opcode, bz_rs_insns_32)) >= 0
+ || (fndopc = find_match (opcode, bz_rt_insns_32)) >= 0)
+ && MATCH (bfd_get_16 (abfd, ptr + 4), nop_insn_16))
+ {
+ unsigned long reg;
+
+ reg = OP32_SREG (opcode) ? OP32_SREG (opcode) : OP32_TREG (opcode);
+
+ /* Replace BEQZ/BNEZ with the compact version. */
+ opcode = (bzc_insns_32[fndopc].match
+ | BZC32_REG_FIELD (reg)
+ | (opcode & 0xffff)); /* Addend value. */
+
+ bfd_put_16 (abfd, (opcode >> 16) & 0xffff, ptr);
+ bfd_put_16 (abfd, opcode & 0xffff, ptr + 2);
+
+ /* Delete the 16-bit delay slot NOP: two bytes from
+ irel->offset + 4. */
+ delcnt = 2;
+ deloff = 4;
+ }
+
+ /* R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1 relaxation to R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1. We need
+ to check the distance from the next instruction, so subtract 2. */
+ else if (r_type == R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
+ && IS_BITSIZE (pcrval - 2, 11)
+ && find_match (opcode, b_insns_32) >= 0)
+ {
+ /* Fix the relocation's type. */
+ irel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1);
+
+ /* Replace the the 32-bit opcode with a 16-bit opcode. */
+ bfd_put_16 (abfd,
+ (b_insn_16.match
+ | (opcode & 0x3ff)), /* Addend value. */
+ ptr);
+
+ /* Delete 2 bytes from irel->r_offset + 2. */
+ delcnt = 2;
+ deloff = 2;
+ }
+
+ /* R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1 relaxation to R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1. We need
+ to check the distance from the next instruction, so subtract 2. */
+ else if (r_type == R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
+ && IS_BITSIZE (pcrval - 2, 8)
+ && (((fndopc = find_match (opcode, bz_rs_insns_32)) >= 0
+ && OP16_VALID_REG (OP32_SREG (opcode)))
+ || ((fndopc = find_match (opcode, bz_rt_insns_32)) >= 0
+ && OP16_VALID_REG (OP32_TREG (opcode)))))
+ {
+ unsigned long reg;
+
+ reg = OP32_SREG (opcode) ? OP32_SREG (opcode) : OP32_TREG (opcode);
+
+ /* Fix the relocation's type. */
+ irel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1);
+
+ /* Replace the the 32-bit opcode with a 16-bit opcode. */
+ bfd_put_16 (abfd,
+ (bz_insns_16[fndopc].match
+ | BZ16_REG_FIELD (reg)
+ | (opcode & 0x7f)), /* Addend value. */
+ ptr);
+
+ /* Delete 2 bytes from irel->r_offset + 2. */
+ delcnt = 2;
+ deloff = 2;
+ }
+
+ /* R_MICROMIPS_26_S1 -- JAL to JALS relaxation for microMIPS targets. */
+ else if (r_type == R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
+ && target_is_micromips_code_p
+ && irel->r_offset + 7 < sec->size
+ && MATCH (opcode, jal_insn_32_bd32))
+ {
+ unsigned long n32opc;
+ bfd_boolean relaxed = FALSE;
+
+ n32opc = bfd_get_16 (abfd, ptr + 4) << 16;
+ n32opc |= bfd_get_16 (abfd, ptr + 6);
+
+ if (MATCH (n32opc, nop_insn_32))
{
- asection *os = input_section->output_section;
+ /* Replace delay slot 32-bit NOP with a 16-bit NOP. */
+ bfd_put_16 (abfd, nop_insn_16.match, ptr + 4);
- /* A partial link, so keep the relocs */
- os->orelocation[os->reloc_count] = *parent;
- os->reloc_count++;
+ relaxed = TRUE;
}
-
- if (r != bfd_reloc_ok)
+ else if (find_match (n32opc, move_insns_32) >= 0)
{
- switch (r)
- {
- case bfd_reloc_undefined:
- if (!((*link_info->callbacks->undefined_symbol)
- (link_info, bfd_asymbol_name (*(*parent)->sym_ptr_ptr),
- input_bfd, input_section, (*parent)->address,
- TRUE)))
- goto error_return;
- break;
- case bfd_reloc_dangerous:
- BFD_ASSERT (error_message != NULL);
- if (!((*link_info->callbacks->reloc_dangerous)
- (link_info, error_message, input_bfd, input_section,
- (*parent)->address)))
- goto error_return;
- break;
- case bfd_reloc_overflow:
- if (!((*link_info->callbacks->reloc_overflow)
- (link_info, NULL,
- bfd_asymbol_name (*(*parent)->sym_ptr_ptr),
- (*parent)->howto->name, (*parent)->addend,
- input_bfd, input_section, (*parent)->address)))
- goto error_return;
- break;
- case bfd_reloc_outofrange:
- default:
- abort ();
- break;
- }
+ /* Replace delay slot 32-bit MOVE with 16-bit MOVE. */
+ bfd_put_16 (abfd,
+ (move_insn_16.match
+ | MOVE16_RD_FIELD (MOVE32_RD (n32opc))
+ | MOVE16_RS_FIELD (MOVE32_RS (n32opc))),
+ ptr + 4);
+
+ relaxed = TRUE;
+ }
+ /* Other 32-bit instructions relaxable to 16-bit
+ instructions will be handled here later. */
+ if (relaxed)
+ {
+ /* JAL with 32-bit delay slot that is changed to a JALS
+ with 16-bit delay slot. */
+ bfd_put_16 (abfd, (jal_insn_32_bd16.match >> 16) & 0xffff,
+ ptr);
+ bfd_put_16 (abfd, jal_insn_32_bd16.match & 0xffff,
+ ptr + 2);
+
+ /* Delete 2 bytes from irel->r_offset + 6. */
+ delcnt = 2;
+ deloff = 6;
}
}
+
+ if (delcnt != 0)
+ {
+ /* Note that we've changed the relocs, section contents, etc. */
+ elf_section_data (sec)->relocs = internal_relocs;
+ elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents = contents;
+ symtab_hdr->contents = (unsigned char *) isymbuf;
+
+ /* Delete bytes depending on the delcnt and deloff. */
+ if (!mips_elf_relax_delete_bytes (abfd, sec,
+ irel->r_offset + deloff, delcnt))
+ goto error_return;
+
+ /* That will change things, so we should relax again.
+ Note that this is not required, and it may be slow. */
+ *again = TRUE;
+ }
}
- if (reloc_vector != NULL)
- free (reloc_vector);
- return data;
-error_return:
- if (reloc_vector != NULL)
- free (reloc_vector);
- return NULL;
+ if (isymbuf != NULL
+ && symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) isymbuf)
+ {
+ if (! link_info->keep_memory)
+ free (isymbuf);
+ else
+ {
+ /* Cache the symbols for elf_link_input_bfd. */
+ symtab_hdr->contents = (unsigned char *) isymbuf;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (contents != NULL
+ && elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != contents)
+ {
+ if (! link_info->keep_memory)
+ free (contents);
+ else
+ {
+ /* Cache the section contents for elf_link_input_bfd. */
+ elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents = contents;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (internal_relocs != NULL
+ && elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != internal_relocs)
+ free (internal_relocs);
+
+ return TRUE;
+
+ error_return:
+ if (isymbuf != NULL
+ && symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) isymbuf)
+ free (isymbuf);
+ if (contents != NULL
+ && elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != contents)
+ free (contents);
+ if (internal_relocs != NULL
+ && elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != internal_relocs)
+ free (internal_relocs);
+
+ return FALSE;
}
\f
/* Create a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
if (ret == NULL)
return NULL;
- if (! _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (&ret->root, abfd,
- mips_elf_link_hash_newfunc))
+ if (!_bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (&ret->root, abfd,
+ mips_elf_link_hash_newfunc,
+ sizeof (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry),
+ MIPS_ELF_DATA))
{
free (ret);
return NULL;
ret->use_rld_obj_head = FALSE;
ret->rld_value = 0;
ret->mips16_stubs_seen = FALSE;
+ ret->use_plts_and_copy_relocs = FALSE;
+ ret->is_vxworks = FALSE;
+ ret->small_data_overflow_reported = FALSE;
+ ret->srelbss = NULL;
+ ret->sdynbss = NULL;
+ ret->srelplt = NULL;
+ ret->srelplt2 = NULL;
+ ret->sgotplt = NULL;
+ ret->splt = NULL;
+ ret->sstubs = NULL;
+ ret->sgot = NULL;
+ ret->got_info = NULL;
+ ret->plt_header_size = 0;
+ ret->plt_entry_size = 0;
+ ret->lazy_stub_count = 0;
+ ret->function_stub_size = 0;
+ ret->strampoline = NULL;
+ ret->la25_stubs = NULL;
+ ret->add_stub_section = NULL;
return &ret->root.root;
}
+
+/* Likewise, but indicate that the target is VxWorks. */
+
+struct bfd_link_hash_table *
+_bfd_mips_vxworks_link_hash_table_create (bfd *abfd)
+{
+ struct bfd_link_hash_table *ret;
+
+ ret = _bfd_mips_elf_link_hash_table_create (abfd);
+ if (ret)
+ {
+ struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
+
+ htab = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *) ret;
+ htab->use_plts_and_copy_relocs = TRUE;
+ htab->is_vxworks = TRUE;
+ }
+ return ret;
+}
+
+/* A function that the linker calls if we are allowed to use PLTs
+ and copy relocs. */
+
+void
+_bfd_mips_elf_use_plts_and_copy_relocs (struct bfd_link_info *info)
+{
+ mips_elf_hash_table (info)->use_plts_and_copy_relocs = TRUE;
+}
\f
/* We need to use a special link routine to handle the .reginfo and
the .mdebug sections. We need to merge all instances of these
bfd_boolean
_bfd_mips_elf_final_link (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
{
- asection **secpp;
asection *o;
struct bfd_link_order *p;
asection *reginfo_sec, *mdebug_sec, *gptab_data_sec, *gptab_bss_sec;
asection *rtproc_sec;
Elf32_RegInfo reginfo;
struct ecoff_debug_info debug;
+ struct mips_htab_traverse_info hti;
const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
const struct ecoff_debug_swap *swap = bed->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap;
HDRR *symhdr = &debug.symbolic_header;
EXTR esym;
unsigned int i;
bfd_size_type amt;
+ struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
static const char * const secname[] =
{
scRData, scSData, scSBss, scBss
};
- /* We'd carefully arranged the dynamic symbol indices, and then the
- generic size_dynamic_sections renumbered them out from under us.
- Rather than trying somehow to prevent the renumbering, just do
- the sort again. */
- if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
- {
- bfd *dynobj;
- asection *got;
- struct mips_got_info *g;
- bfd_size_type dynsecsymcount;
-
- /* When we resort, we must tell mips_elf_sort_hash_table what
- the lowest index it may use is. That's the number of section
- symbols we're going to add. The generic ELF linker only
- adds these symbols when building a shared object. Note that
- we count the sections after (possibly) removing the .options
- section above. */
-
- dynsecsymcount = 0;
- if (info->shared)
- {
- asection * p;
-
- for (p = abfd->sections; p ; p = p->next)
- if ((p->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) == 0
- && (p->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
- && !(*bed->elf_backend_omit_section_dynsym) (abfd, info, p))
- ++ dynsecsymcount;
- }
-
- if (! mips_elf_sort_hash_table (info, dynsecsymcount + 1))
- return FALSE;
+ /* Sort the dynamic symbols so that those with GOT entries come after
+ those without. */
+ htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
+ BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
- /* Make sure we didn't grow the global .got region. */
- dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
- got = mips_elf_got_section (dynobj, FALSE);
- g = mips_elf_section_data (got)->u.got_info;
+ if (!mips_elf_sort_hash_table (abfd, info))
+ return FALSE;
- if (g->global_gotsym != NULL)
- BFD_ASSERT ((elf_hash_table (info)->dynsymcount
- - g->global_gotsym->dynindx)
- <= g->global_gotno);
- }
+ /* Create any scheduled LA25 stubs. */
+ hti.info = info;
+ hti.output_bfd = abfd;
+ hti.error = FALSE;
+ htab_traverse (htab->la25_stubs, mips_elf_create_la25_stub, &hti);
+ if (hti.error)
+ return FALSE;
/* Get a value for the GP register. */
if (elf_gp (abfd) == 0)
elf_gp (abfd) = (h->u.def.value
+ h->u.def.section->output_section->vma
+ h->u.def.section->output_offset);
+ else if (htab->is_vxworks
+ && (h = bfd_link_hash_lookup (info->hash,
+ "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_",
+ FALSE, FALSE, TRUE))
+ && h->type == bfd_link_hash_defined)
+ elf_gp (abfd) = (h->u.def.section->output_section->vma
+ + h->u.def.section->output_offset
+ + h->u.def.value);
else if (info->relocatable)
{
bfd_vma lo = MINUS_ONE;
lo = o->vma;
/* And calculate GP relative to that. */
- elf_gp (abfd) = lo + ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET (abfd);
+ elf_gp (abfd) = lo + ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET (info);
}
else
{
/* We have found the .reginfo section in the output file.
Look through all the link_orders comprising it and merge
the information together. */
- for (p = o->link_order_head; p != NULL; p = p->next)
+ for (p = o->map_head.link_order; p != NULL; p = p->next)
{
asection *input_section;
bfd *input_bfd;
/* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
matters, but someday it might). */
- o->link_order_head = NULL;
+ o->map_head.link_order = NULL;
reginfo_sec = o;
}
return FALSE;
}
- for (p = o->link_order_head; p != NULL; p = p->next)
+ for (p = o->map_head.link_order; p != NULL; p = p->next)
{
asection *input_section;
bfd *input_bfd;
input_section = p->u.indirect.section;
input_bfd = input_section->owner;
- if (bfd_get_flavour (input_bfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
- || (get_elf_backend_data (input_bfd)
- ->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap) == NULL)
+ if (!is_mips_elf (input_bfd))
{
/* I don't know what a non MIPS ELF bfd would be
doing with a .mdebug section, but I don't really
flagword flags = (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED | SEC_READONLY);
- rtproc_sec = bfd_make_section (abfd, ".rtproc");
+ rtproc_sec = bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd,
+ ".rtproc",
+ flags);
if (rtproc_sec == NULL
- || ! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, rtproc_sec, flags)
|| ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, rtproc_sec, 4))
return FALSE;
}
/* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
matters, but someday it might). */
- o->link_order_head = NULL;
+ o->map_head.link_order = NULL;
mdebug_sec = o;
}
- if (strncmp (o->name, ".gptab.", sizeof ".gptab." - 1) == 0)
+ if (CONST_STRNEQ (o->name, ".gptab."))
{
const char *subname;
unsigned int c;
not used in executables files. */
if (! info->relocatable)
{
- for (p = o->link_order_head; p != NULL; p = p->next)
+ for (p = o->map_head.link_order; p != NULL; p = p->next)
{
asection *input_section;
/* Skip this section later on (I don't think this
currently matters, but someday it might). */
- o->link_order_head = NULL;
+ o->map_head.link_order = NULL;
/* Really remove the section. */
- for (secpp = &abfd->sections;
- *secpp != o;
- secpp = &(*secpp)->next)
- ;
- bfd_section_list_remove (abfd, secpp);
+ bfd_section_list_remove (abfd, o);
--abfd->section_count;
continue;
tab[0].gt_header.gt_unused = 0;
/* Combine the input sections. */
- for (p = o->link_order_head; p != NULL; p = p->next)
+ for (p = o->map_head.link_order; p != NULL; p = p->next)
{
asection *input_section;
bfd *input_bfd;
/* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
matters, but someday it might). */
- o->link_order_head = NULL;
+ o->map_head.link_order = NULL;
}
}
are ordered topologically with MIPS I extensions listed last. */
static const struct mips_mach_extension mips_mach_extensions[] = {
+ /* MIPS64r2 extensions. */
+ { bfd_mach_mips_octeon, bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2 },
+
/* MIPS64 extensions. */
{ bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2, bfd_mach_mipsisa64 },
{ bfd_mach_mips_sb1, bfd_mach_mipsisa64 },
+ { bfd_mach_mips_xlr, bfd_mach_mipsisa64 },
+ { bfd_mach_mips_loongson_3a, bfd_mach_mipsisa64 },
/* MIPS V extensions. */
{ bfd_mach_mipsisa64, bfd_mach_mips5 },
/* R10000 extensions. */
{ bfd_mach_mips12000, bfd_mach_mips10000 },
+ { bfd_mach_mips14000, bfd_mach_mips10000 },
+ { bfd_mach_mips16000, bfd_mach_mips10000 },
/* R5000 extensions. Note: the vr5500 ISA is an extension of the core
vr5400 ISA, but doesn't include the multimedia stuff. It seems
{ bfd_mach_mips4111, bfd_mach_mips4100 },
/* MIPS III extensions. */
+ { bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2e, bfd_mach_mips4000 },
+ { bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2f, bfd_mach_mips4000 },
{ bfd_mach_mips8000, bfd_mach_mips4000 },
{ bfd_mach_mips4650, bfd_mach_mips4000 },
{ bfd_mach_mips4600, bfd_mach_mips4000 },
{
size_t i;
- for (i = 0; extension != base && i < ARRAY_SIZE (mips_mach_extensions); i++)
+ if (extension == base)
+ return TRUE;
+
+ if (base == bfd_mach_mipsisa32
+ && mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_mach_mipsisa64, extension))
+ return TRUE;
+
+ if (base == bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2
+ && mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2, extension))
+ return TRUE;
+
+ for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (mips_mach_extensions); i++)
if (extension == mips_mach_extensions[i].extension)
- extension = mips_mach_extensions[i].base;
+ {
+ extension = mips_mach_extensions[i].base;
+ if (extension == base)
+ return TRUE;
+ }
- return extension == base;
+ return FALSE;
}
}
+/* Merge object attributes from IBFD into OBFD. Raise an error if
+ there are conflicting attributes. */
+static bfd_boolean
+mips_elf_merge_obj_attributes (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd)
+{
+ obj_attribute *in_attr;
+ obj_attribute *out_attr;
+
+ if (!elf_known_obj_attributes_proc (obfd)[0].i)
+ {
+ /* This is the first object. Copy the attributes. */
+ _bfd_elf_copy_obj_attributes (ibfd, obfd);
+
+ /* Use the Tag_null value to indicate the attributes have been
+ initialized. */
+ elf_known_obj_attributes_proc (obfd)[0].i = 1;
+
+ return TRUE;
+ }
+
+ /* Check for conflicting Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP attributes and merge
+ non-conflicting ones. */
+ in_attr = elf_known_obj_attributes (ibfd)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU];
+ out_attr = elf_known_obj_attributes (obfd)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU];
+ if (in_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i != out_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i)
+ {
+ out_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].type = 1;
+ if (out_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i == 0)
+ out_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i = in_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i;
+ else if (in_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i == 0)
+ ;
+ else if (in_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i > 4)
+ _bfd_error_handler
+ (_("Warning: %B uses unknown floating point ABI %d"), ibfd,
+ in_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i);
+ else if (out_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i > 4)
+ _bfd_error_handler
+ (_("Warning: %B uses unknown floating point ABI %d"), obfd,
+ out_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i);
+ else
+ switch (out_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i)
+ {
+ case 1:
+ switch (in_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i)
+ {
+ case 2:
+ _bfd_error_handler
+ (_("Warning: %B uses -msingle-float, %B uses -mdouble-float"),
+ obfd, ibfd);
+ break;
+
+ case 3:
+ _bfd_error_handler
+ (_("Warning: %B uses hard float, %B uses soft float"),
+ obfd, ibfd);
+ break;
+
+ case 4:
+ _bfd_error_handler
+ (_("Warning: %B uses -msingle-float, %B uses -mips32r2 -mfp64"),
+ obfd, ibfd);
+ break;
+
+ default:
+ abort ();
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case 2:
+ switch (in_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i)
+ {
+ case 1:
+ _bfd_error_handler
+ (_("Warning: %B uses -msingle-float, %B uses -mdouble-float"),
+ ibfd, obfd);
+ break;
+
+ case 3:
+ _bfd_error_handler
+ (_("Warning: %B uses hard float, %B uses soft float"),
+ obfd, ibfd);
+ break;
+
+ case 4:
+ _bfd_error_handler
+ (_("Warning: %B uses -mdouble-float, %B uses -mips32r2 -mfp64"),
+ obfd, ibfd);
+ break;
+
+ default:
+ abort ();
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case 3:
+ switch (in_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i)
+ {
+ case 1:
+ case 2:
+ case 4:
+ _bfd_error_handler
+ (_("Warning: %B uses hard float, %B uses soft float"),
+ ibfd, obfd);
+ break;
+
+ default:
+ abort ();
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case 4:
+ switch (in_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i)
+ {
+ case 1:
+ _bfd_error_handler
+ (_("Warning: %B uses -msingle-float, %B uses -mips32r2 -mfp64"),
+ ibfd, obfd);
+ break;
+
+ case 2:
+ _bfd_error_handler
+ (_("Warning: %B uses -mdouble-float, %B uses -mips32r2 -mfp64"),
+ ibfd, obfd);
+ break;
+
+ case 3:
+ _bfd_error_handler
+ (_("Warning: %B uses hard float, %B uses soft float"),
+ obfd, ibfd);
+ break;
+
+ default:
+ abort ();
+ }
+ break;
+
+ default:
+ abort ();
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Merge Tag_compatibility attributes and any common GNU ones. */
+ _bfd_elf_merge_object_attributes (ibfd, obfd);
+
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
/* Merge backend specific data from an object file to the output
object file when linking. */
bfd_boolean null_input_bfd = TRUE;
asection *sec;
- /* Check if we have the same endianess */
+ /* Check if we have the same endianness. */
if (! _bfd_generic_verify_endian_match (ibfd, obfd))
{
(*_bfd_error_handler)
return FALSE;
}
- if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
- || bfd_get_flavour (obfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
+ if (!is_mips_elf (ibfd) || !is_mips_elf (obfd))
return TRUE;
if (strcmp (bfd_get_target (ibfd), bfd_get_target (obfd)) != 0)
return FALSE;
}
+ if (!mips_elf_merge_obj_attributes (ibfd, obfd))
+ return FALSE;
+
new_flags = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_flags;
elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags |= new_flags & EF_MIPS_NOREORDER;
old_flags = elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags;
= elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_ident[EI_CLASS];
if (bfd_get_arch (obfd) == bfd_get_arch (ibfd)
- && bfd_get_arch_info (obfd)->the_default)
+ && (bfd_get_arch_info (obfd)->the_default
+ || mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_get_mach (obfd),
+ bfd_get_mach (ibfd))))
{
if (! bfd_set_arch_mach (obfd, bfd_get_arch (ibfd),
bfd_get_mach (ibfd)))
new_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_UCODE;
old_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_UCODE;
+ /* DSOs should only be linked with CPIC code. */
+ if ((ibfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0)
+ new_flags |= EF_MIPS_PIC | EF_MIPS_CPIC;
+
if (new_flags == old_flags)
return TRUE;
for (sec = ibfd->sections; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
{
/* Ignore synthetic sections and empty .text, .data and .bss sections
- which are automatically generated by gas. */
- if (strcmp (sec->name, ".reginfo")
+ which are automatically generated by gas. Also ignore fake
+ (s)common sections, since merely defining a common symbol does
+ not affect compatibility. */
+ if ((sec->flags & SEC_IS_COMMON) == 0
+ && strcmp (sec->name, ".reginfo")
&& strcmp (sec->name, ".mdebug")
&& (sec->size != 0
|| (strcmp (sec->name, ".text")
!= ((old_flags & (EF_MIPS_PIC | EF_MIPS_CPIC)) != 0))
{
(*_bfd_error_handler)
- (_("%B: warning: linking PIC files with non-PIC files"),
+ (_("%B: warning: linking abicalls files with non-abicalls files"),
ibfd);
ok = TRUE;
}
old_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_ABI;
}
- /* For now, allow arbitrary mixing of ASEs (retain the union). */
+ /* Compare ASEs. Forbid linking MIPS16 and microMIPS ASE modules together
+ and allow arbitrary mixing of the remaining ASEs (retain the union). */
if ((new_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE) != (old_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE))
{
+ int old_micro = old_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MICROMIPS;
+ int new_micro = new_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MICROMIPS;
+ int old_m16 = old_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_M16;
+ int new_m16 = new_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_M16;
+ int micro_mis = old_m16 && new_micro;
+ int m16_mis = old_micro && new_m16;
+
+ if (m16_mis || micro_mis)
+ {
+ (*_bfd_error_handler)
+ (_("%B: ASE mismatch: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
+ ibfd,
+ m16_mis ? "MIPS16" : "microMIPS",
+ m16_mis ? "microMIPS" : "MIPS16");
+ ok = FALSE;
+ }
+
elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags |= new_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE;
new_flags &= ~ EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE;
return TRUE;
}
+char *
+_bfd_mips_elf_get_target_dtag (bfd_vma dtag)
+{
+ switch (dtag)
+ {
+ default: return "";
+ case DT_MIPS_RLD_VERSION:
+ return "MIPS_RLD_VERSION";
+ case DT_MIPS_TIME_STAMP:
+ return "MIPS_TIME_STAMP";
+ case DT_MIPS_ICHECKSUM:
+ return "MIPS_ICHECKSUM";
+ case DT_MIPS_IVERSION:
+ return "MIPS_IVERSION";
+ case DT_MIPS_FLAGS:
+ return "MIPS_FLAGS";
+ case DT_MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS:
+ return "MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS";
+ case DT_MIPS_MSYM:
+ return "MIPS_MSYM";
+ case DT_MIPS_CONFLICT:
+ return "MIPS_CONFLICT";
+ case DT_MIPS_LIBLIST:
+ return "MIPS_LIBLIST";
+ case DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO:
+ return "MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO";
+ case DT_MIPS_CONFLICTNO:
+ return "MIPS_CONFLICTNO";
+ case DT_MIPS_LIBLISTNO:
+ return "MIPS_LIBLISTNO";
+ case DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO:
+ return "MIPS_SYMTABNO";
+ case DT_MIPS_UNREFEXTNO:
+ return "MIPS_UNREFEXTNO";
+ case DT_MIPS_GOTSYM:
+ return "MIPS_GOTSYM";
+ case DT_MIPS_HIPAGENO:
+ return "MIPS_HIPAGENO";
+ case DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP:
+ return "MIPS_RLD_MAP";
+ case DT_MIPS_DELTA_CLASS:
+ return "MIPS_DELTA_CLASS";
+ case DT_MIPS_DELTA_CLASS_NO:
+ return "MIPS_DELTA_CLASS_NO";
+ case DT_MIPS_DELTA_INSTANCE:
+ return "MIPS_DELTA_INSTANCE";
+ case DT_MIPS_DELTA_INSTANCE_NO:
+ return "MIPS_DELTA_INSTANCE_NO";
+ case DT_MIPS_DELTA_RELOC:
+ return "MIPS_DELTA_RELOC";
+ case DT_MIPS_DELTA_RELOC_NO:
+ return "MIPS_DELTA_RELOC_NO";
+ case DT_MIPS_DELTA_SYM:
+ return "MIPS_DELTA_SYM";
+ case DT_MIPS_DELTA_SYM_NO:
+ return "MIPS_DELTA_SYM_NO";
+ case DT_MIPS_DELTA_CLASSSYM:
+ return "MIPS_DELTA_CLASSSYM";
+ case DT_MIPS_DELTA_CLASSSYM_NO:
+ return "MIPS_DELTA_CLASSSYM_NO";
+ case DT_MIPS_CXX_FLAGS:
+ return "MIPS_CXX_FLAGS";
+ case DT_MIPS_PIXIE_INIT:
+ return "MIPS_PIXIE_INIT";
+ case DT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB:
+ return "MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB";
+ case DT_MIPS_LOCALPAGE_GOTIDX:
+ return "MIPS_LOCALPAGE_GOTIDX";
+ case DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTIDX:
+ return "MIPS_LOCAL_GOTIDX";
+ case DT_MIPS_HIDDEN_GOTIDX:
+ return "MIPS_HIDDEN_GOTIDX";
+ case DT_MIPS_PROTECTED_GOTIDX:
+ return "MIPS_PROTECTED_GOT_IDX";
+ case DT_MIPS_OPTIONS:
+ return "MIPS_OPTIONS";
+ case DT_MIPS_INTERFACE:
+ return "MIPS_INTERFACE";
+ case DT_MIPS_DYNSTR_ALIGN:
+ return "DT_MIPS_DYNSTR_ALIGN";
+ case DT_MIPS_INTERFACE_SIZE:
+ return "DT_MIPS_INTERFACE_SIZE";
+ case DT_MIPS_RLD_TEXT_RESOLVE_ADDR:
+ return "DT_MIPS_RLD_TEXT_RESOLVE_ADDR";
+ case DT_MIPS_PERF_SUFFIX:
+ return "DT_MIPS_PERF_SUFFIX";
+ case DT_MIPS_COMPACT_SIZE:
+ return "DT_MIPS_COMPACT_SIZE";
+ case DT_MIPS_GP_VALUE:
+ return "DT_MIPS_GP_VALUE";
+ case DT_MIPS_AUX_DYNAMIC:
+ return "DT_MIPS_AUX_DYNAMIC";
+ case DT_MIPS_PLTGOT:
+ return "DT_MIPS_PLTGOT";
+ case DT_MIPS_RWPLT:
+ return "DT_MIPS_RWPLT";
+ }
+}
+
bfd_boolean
_bfd_mips_elf_print_private_bfd_data (bfd *abfd, void *ptr)
{
fprintf (file, _(" [no abi set]"));
if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_1)
- fprintf (file, _(" [mips1]"));
+ fprintf (file, " [mips1]");
else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_2)
- fprintf (file, _(" [mips2]"));
+ fprintf (file, " [mips2]");
else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_3)
- fprintf (file, _(" [mips3]"));
+ fprintf (file, " [mips3]");
else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_4)
- fprintf (file, _(" [mips4]"));
+ fprintf (file, " [mips4]");
else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_5)
- fprintf (file, _(" [mips5]"));
+ fprintf (file, " [mips5]");
else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32)
- fprintf (file, _(" [mips32]"));
+ fprintf (file, " [mips32]");
else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_64)
- fprintf (file, _(" [mips64]"));
+ fprintf (file, " [mips64]");
else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2)
- fprintf (file, _(" [mips32r2]"));
+ fprintf (file, " [mips32r2]");
else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2)
- fprintf (file, _(" [mips64r2]"));
+ fprintf (file, " [mips64r2]");
else
fprintf (file, _(" [unknown ISA]"));
if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MDMX)
- fprintf (file, _(" [mdmx]"));
+ fprintf (file, " [mdmx]");
if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_M16)
- fprintf (file, _(" [mips16]"));
+ fprintf (file, " [mips16]");
+
+ if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MICROMIPS)
+ fprintf (file, " [micromips]");
if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_32BITMODE)
- fprintf (file, _(" [32bitmode]"));
+ fprintf (file, " [32bitmode]");
else
fprintf (file, _(" [not 32bitmode]"));
+ if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_NOREORDER)
+ fprintf (file, " [noreorder]");
+
+ if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_PIC)
+ fprintf (file, " [PIC]");
+
+ if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_CPIC)
+ fprintf (file, " [CPIC]");
+
+ if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_XGOT)
+ fprintf (file, " [XGOT]");
+
+ if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_UCODE)
+ fprintf (file, " [UCODE]");
+
fputc ('\n', file);
return TRUE;
}
-struct bfd_elf_special_section const _bfd_mips_elf_special_sections[]=
+const struct bfd_elf_special_section _bfd_mips_elf_special_sections[] =
{
- { ".sdata", 6, -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE + SHF_MIPS_GPREL },
- { ".sbss", 5, -2, SHT_NOBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE + SHF_MIPS_GPREL },
- { ".lit4", 5, 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE + SHF_MIPS_GPREL },
- { ".lit8", 5, 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE + SHF_MIPS_GPREL },
- { ".ucode", 6, 0, SHT_MIPS_UCODE, 0 },
- { ".mdebug", 7, 0, SHT_MIPS_DEBUG, 0 },
- { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
+ { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".lit4"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE + SHF_MIPS_GPREL },
+ { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".lit8"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE + SHF_MIPS_GPREL },
+ { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".mdebug"), 0, SHT_MIPS_DEBUG, 0 },
+ { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sbss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE + SHF_MIPS_GPREL },
+ { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sdata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE + SHF_MIPS_GPREL },
+ { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".ucode"), 0, SHT_MIPS_UCODE, 0 },
+ { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
};
+
+/* Merge non visibility st_other attributes. Ensure that the
+ STO_OPTIONAL flag is copied into h->other, even if this is not a
+ definiton of the symbol. */
+void
+_bfd_mips_elf_merge_symbol_attribute (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
+ const Elf_Internal_Sym *isym,
+ bfd_boolean definition,
+ bfd_boolean dynamic ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
+{
+ if ((isym->st_other & ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1)) != 0)
+ {
+ unsigned char other;
+
+ other = (definition ? isym->st_other : h->other);
+ other &= ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1);
+ h->other = other | ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other);
+ }
+
+ if (!definition
+ && ELF_MIPS_IS_OPTIONAL (isym->st_other))
+ h->other |= STO_OPTIONAL;
+}
+
+/* Decide whether an undefined symbol is special and can be ignored.
+ This is the case for OPTIONAL symbols on IRIX. */
+bfd_boolean
+_bfd_mips_elf_ignore_undef_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
+{
+ return ELF_MIPS_IS_OPTIONAL (h->other) ? TRUE : FALSE;
+}
+
+bfd_boolean
+_bfd_mips_elf_common_definition (Elf_Internal_Sym *sym)
+{
+ return (sym->st_shndx == SHN_COMMON
+ || sym->st_shndx == SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON
+ || sym->st_shndx == SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON);
+}
+
+/* Return address for Ith PLT stub in section PLT, for relocation REL
+ or (bfd_vma) -1 if it should not be included. */
+
+bfd_vma
+_bfd_mips_elf_plt_sym_val (bfd_vma i, const asection *plt,
+ const arelent *rel ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
+{
+ return (plt->vma
+ + 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_o32_exec_plt0_entry)
+ + i * 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_exec_plt_entry));
+}
+
+void
+_bfd_mips_post_process_headers (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *link_info)
+{
+ struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
+ Elf_Internal_Ehdr *i_ehdrp;
+
+ i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd);
+ if (link_info)
+ {
+ htab = mips_elf_hash_table (link_info);
+ BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
+
+ if (htab->use_plts_and_copy_relocs && !htab->is_vxworks)
+ i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_ABIVERSION] = 1;
+ }
+}
projects / deliverable / binutils-gdb.git / blobdiff